1 /* Graphical user interface functions for the Microsoft Windows API.
3 Copyright (C) 1989, 1992-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at
10 your option) any later version.
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
20 /* Added by Kevin Gallo */
23 /* Override API version to get the latest functionality. */
25 #define _WIN32_WINNT 0x0600
43 #include "blockinput.h"
46 #include "w32common.h"
51 #endif /* WINDOWSNT */
73 #ifndef FOF_NO_CONNECTED_ELEMENTS
74 #define FOF_NO_CONNECTED_ELEMENTS 0x2000
77 extern int w32_console_toggle_lock_key (int, Lisp_Object
);
78 extern void w32_menu_display_help (HWND
, HMENU
, UINT
, UINT
);
79 extern void w32_free_menu_strings (HWND
);
80 extern const char *map_w32_filename (const char *, const char **);
83 #define IDC_HAND MAKEINTRESOURCE(32649)
86 /* Prefix for system colors. */
87 #define SYSTEM_COLOR_PREFIX "System"
88 #define SYSTEM_COLOR_PREFIX_LEN (sizeof (SYSTEM_COLOR_PREFIX) - 1)
90 /* State variables for emulating a three button mouse. */
95 static int button_state
= 0;
96 static W32Msg saved_mouse_button_msg
;
97 static unsigned mouse_button_timer
= 0; /* non-zero when timer is active */
98 static W32Msg saved_mouse_move_msg
;
99 static unsigned mouse_move_timer
= 0;
101 /* Window that is tracking the mouse. */
102 static HWND track_mouse_window
;
104 /* Multi-monitor API definitions that are not pulled from the headers
105 since we are compiling for NT 4. */
106 #ifndef MONITOR_DEFAULT_TO_NEAREST
107 #define MONITOR_DEFAULT_TO_NEAREST 2
109 #ifndef MONITORINFOF_PRIMARY
110 #define MONITORINFOF_PRIMARY 1
112 #ifndef SM_XVIRTUALSCREEN
113 #define SM_XVIRTUALSCREEN 76
115 #ifndef SM_YVIRTUALSCREEN
116 #define SM_YVIRTUALSCREEN 77
118 /* MinGW headers define MONITORINFO unconditionally, but MSVC ones don't.
119 To avoid a compile error on one or the other, redefine with a new name. */
128 #if _WIN32_WINDOWS >= 0x0410
129 #define C_CHILDREN_TITLEBAR CCHILDREN_TITLEBAR
130 typedef TITLEBARINFO TITLEBAR_INFO
;
132 #define C_CHILDREN_TITLEBAR 5
137 DWORD rgstate
[C_CHILDREN_TITLEBAR
+1];
138 } TITLEBAR_INFO
, *PTITLEBAR_INFO
;
141 #ifndef CCHDEVICENAME
142 #define CCHDEVICENAME 32
144 struct MONITOR_INFO_EX
150 char szDevice
[CCHDEVICENAME
];
153 /* Reportedly, MSVC does not have this in its headers. */
154 #if defined (_MSC_VER) && _WIN32_WINNT < 0x0500
155 DECLARE_HANDLE(HMONITOR
);
158 typedef BOOL (WINAPI
* TrackMouseEvent_Proc
)
159 (IN OUT LPTRACKMOUSEEVENT lpEventTrack
);
160 typedef LONG (WINAPI
* ImmGetCompositionString_Proc
)
161 (IN HIMC context
, IN DWORD index
, OUT LPVOID buffer
, IN DWORD bufLen
);
162 typedef HIMC (WINAPI
* ImmGetContext_Proc
) (IN HWND window
);
163 typedef BOOL (WINAPI
* ImmReleaseContext_Proc
) (IN HWND wnd
, IN HIMC context
);
164 typedef BOOL (WINAPI
* ImmSetCompositionWindow_Proc
) (IN HIMC context
,
165 IN COMPOSITIONFORM
*form
);
166 typedef HMONITOR (WINAPI
* MonitorFromPoint_Proc
) (IN POINT pt
, IN DWORD flags
);
167 typedef BOOL (WINAPI
* GetMonitorInfo_Proc
)
168 (IN HMONITOR monitor
, OUT
struct MONITOR_INFO
* info
);
169 typedef HMONITOR (WINAPI
* MonitorFromWindow_Proc
)
170 (IN HWND hwnd
, IN DWORD dwFlags
);
171 typedef BOOL
CALLBACK (* MonitorEnum_Proc
)
172 (IN HMONITOR monitor
, IN HDC hdc
, IN RECT
*rcMonitor
, IN LPARAM dwData
);
173 typedef BOOL (WINAPI
* EnumDisplayMonitors_Proc
)
174 (IN HDC hdc
, IN RECT
*rcClip
, IN MonitorEnum_Proc fnEnum
, IN LPARAM dwData
);
175 typedef BOOL (WINAPI
* GetTitleBarInfo_Proc
)
176 (IN HWND hwnd
, OUT TITLEBAR_INFO
* info
);
178 TrackMouseEvent_Proc track_mouse_event_fn
= NULL
;
179 ImmGetCompositionString_Proc get_composition_string_fn
= NULL
;
180 ImmGetContext_Proc get_ime_context_fn
= NULL
;
181 ImmReleaseContext_Proc release_ime_context_fn
= NULL
;
182 ImmSetCompositionWindow_Proc set_ime_composition_window_fn
= NULL
;
183 MonitorFromPoint_Proc monitor_from_point_fn
= NULL
;
184 GetMonitorInfo_Proc get_monitor_info_fn
= NULL
;
185 MonitorFromWindow_Proc monitor_from_window_fn
= NULL
;
186 EnumDisplayMonitors_Proc enum_display_monitors_fn
= NULL
;
187 GetTitleBarInfo_Proc get_title_bar_info_fn
= NULL
;
190 #define unicode_append_menu AppendMenuW
191 #else /* !NTGUI_UNICODE */
192 extern AppendMenuW_Proc unicode_append_menu
;
193 #endif /* NTGUI_UNICODE */
195 /* Flag to selectively ignore WM_IME_CHAR messages. */
196 static int ignore_ime_char
= 0;
198 /* W95 mousewheel handler */
199 unsigned int msh_mousewheel
= 0;
202 #define MOUSE_BUTTON_ID 1
203 #define MOUSE_MOVE_ID 2
204 #define MENU_FREE_ID 3
205 /* The delay (milliseconds) before a menu is freed after WM_EXITMENULOOP
207 #define MENU_FREE_DELAY 1000
208 static unsigned menu_free_timer
= 0;
211 static ptrdiff_t image_cache_refcount
;
212 static int dpyinfo_refcount
;
215 static HWND w32_visible_system_caret_hwnd
;
217 static int w32_unicode_gui
;
220 int menubar_in_use
= 0;
222 /* From w32uniscribe.c */
223 extern void syms_of_w32uniscribe (void);
224 extern int uniscribe_available
;
227 /* From w32inevt.c */
228 extern int faked_key
;
229 #endif /* WINDOWSNT */
231 /* This gives us the page size and the size of the allocation unit on NT. */
232 SYSTEM_INFO sysinfo_cache
;
234 /* This gives us version, build, and platform identification. */
235 OSVERSIONINFO osinfo_cache
;
237 DWORD_PTR syspage_mask
= 0;
239 /* The major and minor versions of NT. */
240 int w32_major_version
;
241 int w32_minor_version
;
242 int w32_build_number
;
244 /* Distinguish between Windows NT and Windows 95. */
248 HINSTANCE hinst
= NULL
;
251 static unsigned int sound_type
= 0xFFFFFFFF;
252 #define MB_EMACS_SILENT (0xFFFFFFFF - 1)
254 /* Special virtual key code for indicating "any" key. */
257 #ifndef WM_WTSSESSION_CHANGE
258 /* 32-bit MinGW does not define these constants. */
259 # define WM_WTSSESSION_CHANGE 0x02B1
260 # define WTS_SESSION_LOCK 0x7
263 /* Keyboard hook state data. */
266 int hook_count
; /* counter, if several windows are created */
267 HHOOK hook
; /* hook handle */
268 HWND console
; /* console window handle */
270 int lwindown
; /* Left Windows key currently pressed (and hooked) */
271 int rwindown
; /* Right Windows key currently pressed (and hooked) */
272 int winsdown
; /* Number of handled keys currently pressed */
273 int send_win_up
; /* Pass through the keyup for this Windows key press? */
274 int suppress_lone
; /* Suppress simulated Windows keydown-keyup for this press? */
275 int winseen
; /* Windows keys seen during this press? */
277 char alt_hooked
[256]; /* hook Alt+[this key]? */
278 char lwin_hooked
[256]; /* hook left Win+[this key]? */
279 char rwin_hooked
[256]; /* hook right Win+[this key]? */
281 typedef HWND (WINAPI
*GetConsoleWindow_Proc
) (void);
283 /* stdin, from w32console.c */
284 extern HANDLE keyboard_handle
;
286 /* Let the user specify a display with a frame.
287 nil stands for the selected frame--or, if that is not a w32 frame,
288 the first display on the list. */
290 struct w32_display_info
*
291 check_x_display_info (Lisp_Object object
)
295 struct frame
*sf
= XFRAME (selected_frame
);
297 if (FRAME_W32_P (sf
) && FRAME_LIVE_P (sf
))
298 return FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (sf
);
300 return &one_w32_display_info
;
302 else if (TERMINALP (object
))
304 struct terminal
*t
= decode_live_terminal (object
);
306 if (t
->type
!= output_w32
)
307 error ("Terminal %d is not a W32 display", t
->id
);
309 return t
->display_info
.w32
;
311 else if (STRINGP (object
))
312 return x_display_info_for_name (object
);
317 CHECK_LIVE_FRAME (object
);
319 if (! FRAME_W32_P (f
))
320 error ("Non-W32 frame used");
321 return FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
325 /* Return the Emacs frame-object corresponding to an w32 window.
326 It could be the frame's main window or an icon window. */
329 x_window_to_frame (struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
, HWND wdesc
)
331 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
334 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
337 if (!FRAME_W32_P (f
) || FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) != dpyinfo
)
340 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
) == wdesc
)
347 static Lisp_Object
unwind_create_frame (Lisp_Object
);
348 static void unwind_create_tip_frame (Lisp_Object
);
349 static void my_create_window (struct frame
*);
350 static void my_create_tip_window (struct frame
*);
352 /* TODO: Native Input Method support; see x_create_im. */
353 void x_set_foreground_color (struct frame
*, Lisp_Object
, Lisp_Object
);
354 void x_set_background_color (struct frame
*, Lisp_Object
, Lisp_Object
);
355 void x_set_mouse_color (struct frame
*, Lisp_Object
, Lisp_Object
);
356 void x_set_cursor_color (struct frame
*, Lisp_Object
, Lisp_Object
);
357 void x_set_border_color (struct frame
*, Lisp_Object
, Lisp_Object
);
358 void x_set_cursor_type (struct frame
*, Lisp_Object
, Lisp_Object
);
359 void x_set_icon_type (struct frame
*, Lisp_Object
, Lisp_Object
);
360 void x_set_icon_name (struct frame
*, Lisp_Object
, Lisp_Object
);
361 void x_explicitly_set_name (struct frame
*, Lisp_Object
, Lisp_Object
);
362 void x_set_title (struct frame
*, Lisp_Object
, Lisp_Object
);
365 /* Store the screen positions of frame F into XPTR and YPTR.
366 These are the positions of the containing window manager window,
367 not Emacs's own window. */
370 x_real_positions (struct frame
*f
, int *xptr
, int *yptr
)
375 /* Get the bounds of the WM window. */
376 GetWindowRect (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
), &rect
);
381 /* Convert (0, 0) in the client area to screen co-ordinates. */
382 ClientToScreen (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
), &pt
);
388 /* Returns the window rectangle appropriate for the given fullscreen mode.
389 The normal rect parameter was the window's rectangle prior to entering
390 fullscreen mode. If multiple monitor support is available, the nearest
391 monitor to the window is chosen. */
394 w32_fullscreen_rect (HWND hwnd
, int fsmode
, RECT normal
, RECT
*rect
)
396 struct MONITOR_INFO mi
= { sizeof(mi
) };
397 if (monitor_from_window_fn
&& get_monitor_info_fn
)
400 monitor_from_window_fn (hwnd
, MONITOR_DEFAULT_TO_NEAREST
);
401 get_monitor_info_fn (monitor
, &mi
);
405 mi
.rcMonitor
.left
= 0;
406 mi
.rcMonitor
.top
= 0;
407 mi
.rcMonitor
.right
= GetSystemMetrics (SM_CXSCREEN
);
408 mi
.rcMonitor
.bottom
= GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYSCREEN
);
411 mi
.rcWork
.right
= GetSystemMetrics (SM_CXMAXIMIZED
);
412 mi
.rcWork
.bottom
= GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYMAXIMIZED
);
417 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
418 rect
->left
= mi
.rcMonitor
.left
;
419 rect
->top
= mi
.rcMonitor
.top
;
420 rect
->right
= mi
.rcMonitor
.right
;
421 rect
->bottom
= mi
.rcMonitor
.bottom
;
423 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
424 rect
->left
= mi
.rcWork
.left
;
425 rect
->top
= normal
.top
;
426 rect
->right
= mi
.rcWork
.right
;
427 rect
->bottom
= normal
.bottom
;
429 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
430 rect
->left
= normal
.left
;
431 rect
->top
= mi
.rcWork
.top
;
432 rect
->right
= normal
.right
;
433 rect
->bottom
= mi
.rcWork
.bottom
;
443 DEFUN ("w32-define-rgb-color", Fw32_define_rgb_color
,
444 Sw32_define_rgb_color
, 4, 4, 0,
445 doc
: /* Convert RGB numbers to a Windows color reference and associate with NAME.
446 This adds or updates a named color to `w32-color-map', making it
447 available for use. The original entry's RGB ref is returned, or nil
448 if the entry is new. */)
449 (Lisp_Object red
, Lisp_Object green
, Lisp_Object blue
, Lisp_Object name
)
452 Lisp_Object oldrgb
= Qnil
;
456 CHECK_NUMBER (green
);
460 XSETINT (rgb
, RGB (XUINT (red
), XUINT (green
), XUINT (blue
)));
464 /* replace existing entry in w32-color-map or add new entry. */
465 entry
= Fassoc (name
, Vw32_color_map
);
468 entry
= Fcons (name
, rgb
);
469 Vw32_color_map
= Fcons (entry
, Vw32_color_map
);
473 oldrgb
= Fcdr (entry
);
474 Fsetcdr (entry
, rgb
);
482 /* The default colors for the w32 color map */
483 typedef struct colormap_t
489 colormap_t w32_color_map
[] =
491 {"snow" , PALETTERGB (255,250,250)},
492 {"ghost white" , PALETTERGB (248,248,255)},
493 {"GhostWhite" , PALETTERGB (248,248,255)},
494 {"white smoke" , PALETTERGB (245,245,245)},
495 {"WhiteSmoke" , PALETTERGB (245,245,245)},
496 {"gainsboro" , PALETTERGB (220,220,220)},
497 {"floral white" , PALETTERGB (255,250,240)},
498 {"FloralWhite" , PALETTERGB (255,250,240)},
499 {"old lace" , PALETTERGB (253,245,230)},
500 {"OldLace" , PALETTERGB (253,245,230)},
501 {"linen" , PALETTERGB (250,240,230)},
502 {"antique white" , PALETTERGB (250,235,215)},
503 {"AntiqueWhite" , PALETTERGB (250,235,215)},
504 {"papaya whip" , PALETTERGB (255,239,213)},
505 {"PapayaWhip" , PALETTERGB (255,239,213)},
506 {"blanched almond" , PALETTERGB (255,235,205)},
507 {"BlanchedAlmond" , PALETTERGB (255,235,205)},
508 {"bisque" , PALETTERGB (255,228,196)},
509 {"peach puff" , PALETTERGB (255,218,185)},
510 {"PeachPuff" , PALETTERGB (255,218,185)},
511 {"navajo white" , PALETTERGB (255,222,173)},
512 {"NavajoWhite" , PALETTERGB (255,222,173)},
513 {"moccasin" , PALETTERGB (255,228,181)},
514 {"cornsilk" , PALETTERGB (255,248,220)},
515 {"ivory" , PALETTERGB (255,255,240)},
516 {"lemon chiffon" , PALETTERGB (255,250,205)},
517 {"LemonChiffon" , PALETTERGB (255,250,205)},
518 {"seashell" , PALETTERGB (255,245,238)},
519 {"honeydew" , PALETTERGB (240,255,240)},
520 {"mint cream" , PALETTERGB (245,255,250)},
521 {"MintCream" , PALETTERGB (245,255,250)},
522 {"azure" , PALETTERGB (240,255,255)},
523 {"alice blue" , PALETTERGB (240,248,255)},
524 {"AliceBlue" , PALETTERGB (240,248,255)},
525 {"lavender" , PALETTERGB (230,230,250)},
526 {"lavender blush" , PALETTERGB (255,240,245)},
527 {"LavenderBlush" , PALETTERGB (255,240,245)},
528 {"misty rose" , PALETTERGB (255,228,225)},
529 {"MistyRose" , PALETTERGB (255,228,225)},
530 {"white" , PALETTERGB (255,255,255)},
531 {"black" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0, 0)},
532 {"dark slate gray" , PALETTERGB ( 47, 79, 79)},
533 {"DarkSlateGray" , PALETTERGB ( 47, 79, 79)},
534 {"dark slate grey" , PALETTERGB ( 47, 79, 79)},
535 {"DarkSlateGrey" , PALETTERGB ( 47, 79, 79)},
536 {"dim gray" , PALETTERGB (105,105,105)},
537 {"DimGray" , PALETTERGB (105,105,105)},
538 {"dim grey" , PALETTERGB (105,105,105)},
539 {"DimGrey" , PALETTERGB (105,105,105)},
540 {"slate gray" , PALETTERGB (112,128,144)},
541 {"SlateGray" , PALETTERGB (112,128,144)},
542 {"slate grey" , PALETTERGB (112,128,144)},
543 {"SlateGrey" , PALETTERGB (112,128,144)},
544 {"light slate gray" , PALETTERGB (119,136,153)},
545 {"LightSlateGray" , PALETTERGB (119,136,153)},
546 {"light slate grey" , PALETTERGB (119,136,153)},
547 {"LightSlateGrey" , PALETTERGB (119,136,153)},
548 {"gray" , PALETTERGB (190,190,190)},
549 {"grey" , PALETTERGB (190,190,190)},
550 {"light grey" , PALETTERGB (211,211,211)},
551 {"LightGrey" , PALETTERGB (211,211,211)},
552 {"light gray" , PALETTERGB (211,211,211)},
553 {"LightGray" , PALETTERGB (211,211,211)},
554 {"midnight blue" , PALETTERGB ( 25, 25,112)},
555 {"MidnightBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 25, 25,112)},
556 {"navy" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0,128)},
557 {"navy blue" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0,128)},
558 {"NavyBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0,128)},
559 {"cornflower blue" , PALETTERGB (100,149,237)},
560 {"CornflowerBlue" , PALETTERGB (100,149,237)},
561 {"dark slate blue" , PALETTERGB ( 72, 61,139)},
562 {"DarkSlateBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 72, 61,139)},
563 {"slate blue" , PALETTERGB (106, 90,205)},
564 {"SlateBlue" , PALETTERGB (106, 90,205)},
565 {"medium slate blue" , PALETTERGB (123,104,238)},
566 {"MediumSlateBlue" , PALETTERGB (123,104,238)},
567 {"light slate blue" , PALETTERGB (132,112,255)},
568 {"LightSlateBlue" , PALETTERGB (132,112,255)},
569 {"medium blue" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0,205)},
570 {"MediumBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0,205)},
571 {"royal blue" , PALETTERGB ( 65,105,225)},
572 {"RoyalBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 65,105,225)},
573 {"blue" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0,255)},
574 {"dodger blue" , PALETTERGB ( 30,144,255)},
575 {"DodgerBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 30,144,255)},
576 {"deep sky blue" , PALETTERGB ( 0,191,255)},
577 {"DeepSkyBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 0,191,255)},
578 {"sky blue" , PALETTERGB (135,206,235)},
579 {"SkyBlue" , PALETTERGB (135,206,235)},
580 {"light sky blue" , PALETTERGB (135,206,250)},
581 {"LightSkyBlue" , PALETTERGB (135,206,250)},
582 {"steel blue" , PALETTERGB ( 70,130,180)},
583 {"SteelBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 70,130,180)},
584 {"light steel blue" , PALETTERGB (176,196,222)},
585 {"LightSteelBlue" , PALETTERGB (176,196,222)},
586 {"light blue" , PALETTERGB (173,216,230)},
587 {"LightBlue" , PALETTERGB (173,216,230)},
588 {"powder blue" , PALETTERGB (176,224,230)},
589 {"PowderBlue" , PALETTERGB (176,224,230)},
590 {"pale turquoise" , PALETTERGB (175,238,238)},
591 {"PaleTurquoise" , PALETTERGB (175,238,238)},
592 {"dark turquoise" , PALETTERGB ( 0,206,209)},
593 {"DarkTurquoise" , PALETTERGB ( 0,206,209)},
594 {"medium turquoise" , PALETTERGB ( 72,209,204)},
595 {"MediumTurquoise" , PALETTERGB ( 72,209,204)},
596 {"turquoise" , PALETTERGB ( 64,224,208)},
597 {"cyan" , PALETTERGB ( 0,255,255)},
598 {"light cyan" , PALETTERGB (224,255,255)},
599 {"LightCyan" , PALETTERGB (224,255,255)},
600 {"cadet blue" , PALETTERGB ( 95,158,160)},
601 {"CadetBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 95,158,160)},
602 {"medium aquamarine" , PALETTERGB (102,205,170)},
603 {"MediumAquamarine" , PALETTERGB (102,205,170)},
604 {"aquamarine" , PALETTERGB (127,255,212)},
605 {"dark green" , PALETTERGB ( 0,100, 0)},
606 {"DarkGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 0,100, 0)},
607 {"dark olive green" , PALETTERGB ( 85,107, 47)},
608 {"DarkOliveGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 85,107, 47)},
609 {"dark sea green" , PALETTERGB (143,188,143)},
610 {"DarkSeaGreen" , PALETTERGB (143,188,143)},
611 {"sea green" , PALETTERGB ( 46,139, 87)},
612 {"SeaGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 46,139, 87)},
613 {"medium sea green" , PALETTERGB ( 60,179,113)},
614 {"MediumSeaGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 60,179,113)},
615 {"light sea green" , PALETTERGB ( 32,178,170)},
616 {"LightSeaGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 32,178,170)},
617 {"pale green" , PALETTERGB (152,251,152)},
618 {"PaleGreen" , PALETTERGB (152,251,152)},
619 {"spring green" , PALETTERGB ( 0,255,127)},
620 {"SpringGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 0,255,127)},
621 {"lawn green" , PALETTERGB (124,252, 0)},
622 {"LawnGreen" , PALETTERGB (124,252, 0)},
623 {"green" , PALETTERGB ( 0,255, 0)},
624 {"chartreuse" , PALETTERGB (127,255, 0)},
625 {"medium spring green" , PALETTERGB ( 0,250,154)},
626 {"MediumSpringGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 0,250,154)},
627 {"green yellow" , PALETTERGB (173,255, 47)},
628 {"GreenYellow" , PALETTERGB (173,255, 47)},
629 {"lime green" , PALETTERGB ( 50,205, 50)},
630 {"LimeGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 50,205, 50)},
631 {"yellow green" , PALETTERGB (154,205, 50)},
632 {"YellowGreen" , PALETTERGB (154,205, 50)},
633 {"forest green" , PALETTERGB ( 34,139, 34)},
634 {"ForestGreen" , PALETTERGB ( 34,139, 34)},
635 {"olive drab" , PALETTERGB (107,142, 35)},
636 {"OliveDrab" , PALETTERGB (107,142, 35)},
637 {"dark khaki" , PALETTERGB (189,183,107)},
638 {"DarkKhaki" , PALETTERGB (189,183,107)},
639 {"khaki" , PALETTERGB (240,230,140)},
640 {"pale goldenrod" , PALETTERGB (238,232,170)},
641 {"PaleGoldenrod" , PALETTERGB (238,232,170)},
642 {"light goldenrod yellow" , PALETTERGB (250,250,210)},
643 {"LightGoldenrodYellow" , PALETTERGB (250,250,210)},
644 {"light yellow" , PALETTERGB (255,255,224)},
645 {"LightYellow" , PALETTERGB (255,255,224)},
646 {"yellow" , PALETTERGB (255,255, 0)},
647 {"gold" , PALETTERGB (255,215, 0)},
648 {"light goldenrod" , PALETTERGB (238,221,130)},
649 {"LightGoldenrod" , PALETTERGB (238,221,130)},
650 {"goldenrod" , PALETTERGB (218,165, 32)},
651 {"dark goldenrod" , PALETTERGB (184,134, 11)},
652 {"DarkGoldenrod" , PALETTERGB (184,134, 11)},
653 {"rosy brown" , PALETTERGB (188,143,143)},
654 {"RosyBrown" , PALETTERGB (188,143,143)},
655 {"indian red" , PALETTERGB (205, 92, 92)},
656 {"IndianRed" , PALETTERGB (205, 92, 92)},
657 {"saddle brown" , PALETTERGB (139, 69, 19)},
658 {"SaddleBrown" , PALETTERGB (139, 69, 19)},
659 {"sienna" , PALETTERGB (160, 82, 45)},
660 {"peru" , PALETTERGB (205,133, 63)},
661 {"burlywood" , PALETTERGB (222,184,135)},
662 {"beige" , PALETTERGB (245,245,220)},
663 {"wheat" , PALETTERGB (245,222,179)},
664 {"sandy brown" , PALETTERGB (244,164, 96)},
665 {"SandyBrown" , PALETTERGB (244,164, 96)},
666 {"tan" , PALETTERGB (210,180,140)},
667 {"chocolate" , PALETTERGB (210,105, 30)},
668 {"firebrick" , PALETTERGB (178,34, 34)},
669 {"brown" , PALETTERGB (165,42, 42)},
670 {"dark salmon" , PALETTERGB (233,150,122)},
671 {"DarkSalmon" , PALETTERGB (233,150,122)},
672 {"salmon" , PALETTERGB (250,128,114)},
673 {"light salmon" , PALETTERGB (255,160,122)},
674 {"LightSalmon" , PALETTERGB (255,160,122)},
675 {"orange" , PALETTERGB (255,165, 0)},
676 {"dark orange" , PALETTERGB (255,140, 0)},
677 {"DarkOrange" , PALETTERGB (255,140, 0)},
678 {"coral" , PALETTERGB (255,127, 80)},
679 {"light coral" , PALETTERGB (240,128,128)},
680 {"LightCoral" , PALETTERGB (240,128,128)},
681 {"tomato" , PALETTERGB (255, 99, 71)},
682 {"orange red" , PALETTERGB (255, 69, 0)},
683 {"OrangeRed" , PALETTERGB (255, 69, 0)},
684 {"red" , PALETTERGB (255, 0, 0)},
685 {"hot pink" , PALETTERGB (255,105,180)},
686 {"HotPink" , PALETTERGB (255,105,180)},
687 {"deep pink" , PALETTERGB (255, 20,147)},
688 {"DeepPink" , PALETTERGB (255, 20,147)},
689 {"pink" , PALETTERGB (255,192,203)},
690 {"light pink" , PALETTERGB (255,182,193)},
691 {"LightPink" , PALETTERGB (255,182,193)},
692 {"pale violet red" , PALETTERGB (219,112,147)},
693 {"PaleVioletRed" , PALETTERGB (219,112,147)},
694 {"maroon" , PALETTERGB (176, 48, 96)},
695 {"medium violet red" , PALETTERGB (199, 21,133)},
696 {"MediumVioletRed" , PALETTERGB (199, 21,133)},
697 {"violet red" , PALETTERGB (208, 32,144)},
698 {"VioletRed" , PALETTERGB (208, 32,144)},
699 {"magenta" , PALETTERGB (255, 0,255)},
700 {"violet" , PALETTERGB (238,130,238)},
701 {"plum" , PALETTERGB (221,160,221)},
702 {"orchid" , PALETTERGB (218,112,214)},
703 {"medium orchid" , PALETTERGB (186, 85,211)},
704 {"MediumOrchid" , PALETTERGB (186, 85,211)},
705 {"dark orchid" , PALETTERGB (153, 50,204)},
706 {"DarkOrchid" , PALETTERGB (153, 50,204)},
707 {"dark violet" , PALETTERGB (148, 0,211)},
708 {"DarkViolet" , PALETTERGB (148, 0,211)},
709 {"blue violet" , PALETTERGB (138, 43,226)},
710 {"BlueViolet" , PALETTERGB (138, 43,226)},
711 {"purple" , PALETTERGB (160, 32,240)},
712 {"medium purple" , PALETTERGB (147,112,219)},
713 {"MediumPurple" , PALETTERGB (147,112,219)},
714 {"thistle" , PALETTERGB (216,191,216)},
715 {"gray0" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0, 0)},
716 {"grey0" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0, 0)},
717 {"dark grey" , PALETTERGB (169,169,169)},
718 {"DarkGrey" , PALETTERGB (169,169,169)},
719 {"dark gray" , PALETTERGB (169,169,169)},
720 {"DarkGray" , PALETTERGB (169,169,169)},
721 {"dark blue" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0,139)},
722 {"DarkBlue" , PALETTERGB ( 0, 0,139)},
723 {"dark cyan" , PALETTERGB ( 0,139,139)},
724 {"DarkCyan" , PALETTERGB ( 0,139,139)},
725 {"dark magenta" , PALETTERGB (139, 0,139)},
726 {"DarkMagenta" , PALETTERGB (139, 0,139)},
727 {"dark red" , PALETTERGB (139, 0, 0)},
728 {"DarkRed" , PALETTERGB (139, 0, 0)},
729 {"light green" , PALETTERGB (144,238,144)},
730 {"LightGreen" , PALETTERGB (144,238,144)},
734 w32_default_color_map (void)
737 colormap_t
*pc
= w32_color_map
;
744 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAYELTS (w32_color_map
); pc
++, i
++)
745 cmap
= Fcons (Fcons (build_string (pc
->name
),
746 make_number (pc
->colorref
)),
754 DEFUN ("w32-default-color-map", Fw32_default_color_map
, Sw32_default_color_map
,
755 0, 0, 0, doc
: /* Return the default color map. */)
758 return w32_default_color_map ();
762 w32_color_map_lookup (const char *colorname
)
764 Lisp_Object tail
, ret
= Qnil
;
768 for (tail
= Vw32_color_map
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
770 register Lisp_Object elt
, tem
;
773 if (!CONSP (elt
)) continue;
777 if (lstrcmpi (SSDATA (tem
), colorname
) == 0)
793 add_system_logical_colors_to_map (Lisp_Object
*system_colors
)
797 /* Other registry operations are done with input blocked. */
800 /* Look for "Control Panel/Colors" under User and Machine registry
802 if (RegOpenKeyEx (HKEY_CURRENT_USER
, "Control Panel\\Colors", 0,
803 KEY_READ
, &colors_key
) == ERROR_SUCCESS
804 || RegOpenKeyEx (HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE
, "Control Panel\\Colors", 0,
805 KEY_READ
, &colors_key
) == ERROR_SUCCESS
)
808 char color_buffer
[64];
809 char full_name_buffer
[MAX_PATH
+ SYSTEM_COLOR_PREFIX_LEN
];
811 DWORD name_size
, color_size
;
812 char *name_buffer
= full_name_buffer
+ SYSTEM_COLOR_PREFIX_LEN
;
814 name_size
= sizeof (full_name_buffer
) - SYSTEM_COLOR_PREFIX_LEN
;
815 color_size
= sizeof (color_buffer
);
817 strcpy (full_name_buffer
, SYSTEM_COLOR_PREFIX
);
819 while (RegEnumValueA (colors_key
, index
, name_buffer
, &name_size
,
820 NULL
, NULL
, (LPBYTE
)color_buffer
, &color_size
)
824 if (sscanf (color_buffer
, " %u %u %u", &r
, &g
, &b
) == 3)
825 *system_colors
= Fcons (Fcons (build_string (full_name_buffer
),
826 make_number (RGB (r
, g
, b
))),
829 name_size
= sizeof (full_name_buffer
) - SYSTEM_COLOR_PREFIX_LEN
;
830 color_size
= sizeof (color_buffer
);
833 RegCloseKey (colors_key
);
841 x_to_w32_color (const char * colorname
)
843 register Lisp_Object ret
= Qnil
;
847 if (colorname
[0] == '#')
849 /* Could be an old-style RGB Device specification. */
850 int size
= strlen (colorname
+ 1);
851 char *color
= alloca (size
+ 1);
853 strcpy (color
, colorname
+ 1);
854 if (size
== 3 || size
== 6 || size
== 9 || size
== 12)
862 for (i
= 0; i
< 3; i
++)
868 /* The check for 'x' in the following conditional takes into
869 account the fact that strtol allows a "0x" in front of
870 our numbers, and we don't. */
871 if (!isxdigit (color
[0]) || color
[1] == 'x')
875 value
= strtoul (color
, &end
, 16);
877 if (errno
== ERANGE
|| end
- color
!= size
)
882 value
= value
* 0x10;
893 colorval
|= (value
<< pos
);
898 XSETINT (ret
, colorval
);
905 else if (strnicmp (colorname
, "rgb:", 4) == 0)
913 color
= colorname
+ 4;
914 for (i
= 0; i
< 3; i
++)
919 /* The check for 'x' in the following conditional takes into
920 account the fact that strtol allows a "0x" in front of
921 our numbers, and we don't. */
922 if (!isxdigit (color
[0]) || color
[1] == 'x')
924 value
= strtoul (color
, &end
, 16);
930 value
= value
* 0x10 + value
;
943 if (value
== ULONG_MAX
)
945 colorval
|= (value
<< pos
);
952 XSETINT (ret
, colorval
);
960 else if (strnicmp (colorname
, "rgbi:", 5) == 0)
962 /* This is an RGB Intensity specification. */
969 color
= colorname
+ 5;
970 for (i
= 0; i
< 3; i
++)
976 value
= strtod (color
, &end
);
979 if (value
< 0.0 || value
> 1.0)
981 val
= (UINT
)(0x100 * value
);
982 /* We used 0x100 instead of 0xFF to give a continuous
983 range between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive. The next statement
984 fixes the 1.0 case. */
987 colorval
|= (val
<< pos
);
994 XSETINT (ret
, colorval
);
1002 /* I am not going to attempt to handle any of the CIE color schemes
1003 or TekHVC, since I don't know the algorithms for conversion to
1006 /* If we fail to lookup the color name in w32_color_map, then check the
1007 colorname to see if it can be crudely approximated: If the X color
1008 ends in a number (e.g., "darkseagreen2"), strip the number and
1009 return the result of looking up the base color name. */
1010 ret
= w32_color_map_lookup (colorname
);
1013 int len
= strlen (colorname
);
1015 if (isdigit (colorname
[len
- 1]))
1017 char *ptr
, *approx
= alloca (len
+ 1);
1019 strcpy (approx
, colorname
);
1020 ptr
= &approx
[len
- 1];
1021 while (ptr
> approx
&& isdigit (*ptr
))
1024 ret
= w32_color_map_lookup (approx
);
1033 w32_regenerate_palette (struct frame
*f
)
1035 struct w32_palette_entry
* list
;
1036 LOGPALETTE
* log_palette
;
1037 HPALETTE new_palette
;
1040 /* don't bother trying to create palette if not supported */
1041 if (! FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->has_palette
)
1044 log_palette
= (LOGPALETTE
*)
1045 alloca (sizeof (LOGPALETTE
) +
1046 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->num_colors
* sizeof (PALETTEENTRY
));
1047 log_palette
->palVersion
= 0x300;
1048 log_palette
->palNumEntries
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->num_colors
;
1050 list
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->color_list
;
1052 i
< FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->num_colors
;
1053 i
++, list
= list
->next
)
1054 log_palette
->palPalEntry
[i
] = list
->entry
;
1056 new_palette
= CreatePalette (log_palette
);
1060 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->palette
)
1061 DeleteObject (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->palette
);
1062 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->palette
= new_palette
;
1064 /* Realize display palette and garbage all frames. */
1065 release_frame_dc (f
, get_frame_dc (f
));
1070 #define W32_COLOR(pe) RGB (pe.peRed, pe.peGreen, pe.peBlue)
1071 #define SET_W32_COLOR(pe, color) \
1074 pe.peRed = GetRValue (color); \
1075 pe.peGreen = GetGValue (color); \
1076 pe.peBlue = GetBValue (color); \
1081 /* Keep these around in case we ever want to track color usage. */
1083 w32_map_color (struct frame
*f
, COLORREF color
)
1085 struct w32_palette_entry
* list
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->color_list
;
1087 if (NILP (Vw32_enable_palette
))
1090 /* check if color is already mapped */
1093 if (W32_COLOR (list
->entry
) == color
)
1101 /* not already mapped, so add to list and recreate Windows palette */
1102 list
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct w32_palette_entry
));
1103 SET_W32_COLOR (list
->entry
, color
);
1105 list
->next
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->color_list
;
1106 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->color_list
= list
;
1107 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->num_colors
++;
1109 /* set flag that palette must be regenerated */
1110 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->regen_palette
= TRUE
;
1114 w32_unmap_color (struct frame
*f
, COLORREF color
)
1116 struct w32_palette_entry
* list
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->color_list
;
1117 struct w32_palette_entry
**prev
= &FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->color_list
;
1119 if (NILP (Vw32_enable_palette
))
1122 /* check if color is already mapped */
1125 if (W32_COLOR (list
->entry
) == color
)
1127 if (--list
->refcount
== 0)
1131 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->num_colors
--;
1141 /* set flag that palette must be regenerated */
1142 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->regen_palette
= TRUE
;
1147 /* Gamma-correct COLOR on frame F. */
1150 gamma_correct (struct frame
*f
, COLORREF
*color
)
1154 *color
= PALETTERGB (
1155 pow (GetRValue (*color
) / 255.0, f
->gamma
) * 255.0 + 0.5,
1156 pow (GetGValue (*color
) / 255.0, f
->gamma
) * 255.0 + 0.5,
1157 pow (GetBValue (*color
) / 255.0, f
->gamma
) * 255.0 + 0.5);
1162 /* Decide if color named COLOR is valid for the display associated with
1163 the selected frame; if so, return the rgb values in COLOR_DEF.
1164 If ALLOC is nonzero, allocate a new colormap cell. */
1167 w32_defined_color (struct frame
*f
, const char *color
, XColor
*color_def
,
1170 register Lisp_Object tem
;
1171 COLORREF w32_color_ref
;
1173 tem
= x_to_w32_color (color
);
1179 /* Apply gamma correction. */
1180 w32_color_ref
= XUINT (tem
);
1181 gamma_correct (f
, &w32_color_ref
);
1182 XSETINT (tem
, w32_color_ref
);
1185 /* Map this color to the palette if it is enabled. */
1186 if (!NILP (Vw32_enable_palette
))
1188 struct w32_palette_entry
* entry
=
1189 one_w32_display_info
.color_list
;
1190 struct w32_palette_entry
** prev
=
1191 &one_w32_display_info
.color_list
;
1193 /* check if color is already mapped */
1196 if (W32_COLOR (entry
->entry
) == XUINT (tem
))
1198 prev
= &entry
->next
;
1199 entry
= entry
->next
;
1202 if (entry
== NULL
&& alloc_p
)
1204 /* not already mapped, so add to list */
1205 entry
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct w32_palette_entry
));
1206 SET_W32_COLOR (entry
->entry
, XUINT (tem
));
1209 one_w32_display_info
.num_colors
++;
1211 /* set flag that palette must be regenerated */
1212 one_w32_display_info
.regen_palette
= TRUE
;
1215 /* Ensure COLORREF value is snapped to nearest color in (default)
1216 palette by simulating the PALETTERGB macro. This works whether
1217 or not the display device has a palette. */
1218 w32_color_ref
= XUINT (tem
) | 0x2000000;
1220 color_def
->pixel
= w32_color_ref
;
1221 color_def
->red
= GetRValue (w32_color_ref
) * 256;
1222 color_def
->green
= GetGValue (w32_color_ref
) * 256;
1223 color_def
->blue
= GetBValue (w32_color_ref
) * 256;
1233 /* Given a string ARG naming a color, compute a pixel value from it
1234 suitable for screen F.
1235 If F is not a color screen, return DEF (default) regardless of what
1239 x_decode_color (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object arg
, int def
)
1245 if (strcmp (SSDATA (arg
), "black") == 0)
1246 return BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (f
);
1247 else if (strcmp (SSDATA (arg
), "white") == 0)
1248 return WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (f
);
1250 if ((FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->n_planes
* FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->n_cbits
) == 1)
1253 /* w32_defined_color is responsible for coping with failures
1254 by looking for a near-miss. */
1255 if (w32_defined_color (f
, SSDATA (arg
), &cdef
, true))
1258 /* defined_color failed; return an ultimate default. */
1264 /* Functions called only from `x_set_frame_param'
1265 to set individual parameters.
1267 If FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f) is 0,
1268 the frame is being created and its window does not exist yet.
1269 In that case, just record the parameter's new value
1270 in the standard place; do not attempt to change the window. */
1273 x_set_foreground_color (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object arg
, Lisp_Object oldval
)
1275 struct w32_output
*x
= f
->output_data
.w32
;
1276 PIX_TYPE fg
, old_fg
;
1278 fg
= x_decode_color (f
, arg
, BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (f
));
1279 old_fg
= FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
1280 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
) = fg
;
1282 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
1284 if (x
->cursor_pixel
== old_fg
)
1286 x
->cursor_pixel
= fg
;
1287 x
->cursor_gc
->background
= fg
;
1290 update_face_from_frame_parameter (f
, Qforeground_color
, arg
);
1291 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
1297 x_set_background_color (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object arg
, Lisp_Object oldval
)
1299 FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
1300 = x_decode_color (f
, arg
, WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (f
));
1302 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
1304 SetWindowLong (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
), WND_BACKGROUND_INDEX
,
1305 FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
1307 update_face_from_frame_parameter (f
, Qbackground_color
, arg
);
1309 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
1315 x_set_mouse_color (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object arg
, Lisp_Object oldval
)
1318 Cursor cursor
, nontext_cursor
, mode_cursor
, hand_cursor
;
1323 if (!EQ (Qnil
, arg
))
1324 f
->output_data
.w32
->mouse_pixel
1325 = x_decode_color (f
, arg
, BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (f
));
1326 mask_color
= FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
1328 /* Don't let pointers be invisible. */
1329 if (mask_color
== f
->output_data
.w32
->mouse_pixel
1330 && mask_color
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
))
1331 f
->output_data
.w32
->mouse_pixel
= FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
1333 #if 0 /* TODO : Mouse cursor customization. */
1336 /* It's not okay to crash if the user selects a screwy cursor. */
1337 count
= x_catch_errors (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
));
1339 if (!EQ (Qnil
, Vx_pointer_shape
))
1341 CHECK_NUMBER (Vx_pointer_shape
);
1342 cursor
= XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), XINT (Vx_pointer_shape
));
1345 cursor
= XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), XC_xterm
);
1346 x_check_errors (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), "bad text pointer cursor: %s");
1348 if (!EQ (Qnil
, Vx_nontext_pointer_shape
))
1350 CHECK_NUMBER (Vx_nontext_pointer_shape
);
1351 nontext_cursor
= XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
),
1352 XINT (Vx_nontext_pointer_shape
));
1355 nontext_cursor
= XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), XC_left_ptr
);
1356 x_check_errors (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), "bad nontext pointer cursor: %s");
1358 if (!EQ (Qnil
, Vx_hourglass_pointer_shape
))
1360 CHECK_NUMBER (Vx_hourglass_pointer_shape
);
1361 hourglass_cursor
= XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
),
1362 XINT (Vx_hourglass_pointer_shape
));
1365 hourglass_cursor
= XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), XC_watch
);
1366 x_check_errors (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), "bad busy pointer cursor: %s");
1368 x_check_errors (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), "bad nontext pointer cursor: %s");
1369 if (!EQ (Qnil
, Vx_mode_pointer_shape
))
1371 CHECK_NUMBER (Vx_mode_pointer_shape
);
1372 mode_cursor
= XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
),
1373 XINT (Vx_mode_pointer_shape
));
1376 mode_cursor
= XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), XC_xterm
);
1377 x_check_errors (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), "bad modeline pointer cursor: %s");
1379 if (!EQ (Qnil
, Vx_sensitive_text_pointer_shape
))
1381 CHECK_NUMBER (Vx_sensitive_text_pointer_shape
);
1383 = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
),
1384 XINT (Vx_sensitive_text_pointer_shape
));
1387 hand_cursor
= XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), XC_crosshair
);
1389 if (!NILP (Vx_window_horizontal_drag_shape
))
1391 CHECK_NUMBER (Vx_window_horizontal_drag_shape
);
1392 horizontal_drag_cursor
1393 = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
),
1394 XINT (Vx_window_horizontal_drag_shape
));
1397 horizontal_drag_cursor
1398 = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), XC_sb_h_double_arrow
);
1400 if (!NILP (Vx_window_vertical_drag_shape
))
1402 CHECK_NUMBER (Vx_window_vertical_drag_shape
);
1403 vertical_drag_cursor
1404 = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
),
1405 XINT (Vx_window_vertical_drag_shape
));
1408 vertical_drag_cursor
1409 = XCreateFontCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
1411 /* Check and report errors with the above calls. */
1412 x_check_errors (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), "can't set cursor shape: %s");
1413 x_uncatch_errors (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), count
);
1416 XColor fore_color
, back_color
;
1418 fore_color
.pixel
= f
->output_data
.w32
->mouse_pixel
;
1419 back_color
.pixel
= mask_color
;
1420 XQueryColor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
),
1421 DefaultColormap (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
),
1422 DefaultScreen (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
))),
1424 XQueryColor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
),
1425 DefaultColormap (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
),
1426 DefaultScreen (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
))),
1428 XRecolorCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), cursor
,
1429 &fore_color
, &back_color
);
1430 XRecolorCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), nontext_cursor
,
1431 &fore_color
, &back_color
);
1432 XRecolorCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), mode_cursor
,
1433 &fore_color
, &back_color
);
1434 XRecolorCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), hand_cursor
,
1435 &fore_color
, &back_color
);
1436 XRecolorCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), hourglass_cursor
,
1437 &fore_color
, &back_color
);
1440 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
1441 XDefineCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
1443 if (cursor
!= f
->output_data
.w32
->text_cursor
&& f
->output_data
.w32
->text_cursor
!= 0)
1444 XFreeCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.w32
->text_cursor
);
1445 f
->output_data
.w32
->text_cursor
= cursor
;
1447 if (nontext_cursor
!= f
->output_data
.w32
->nontext_cursor
1448 && f
->output_data
.w32
->nontext_cursor
!= 0)
1449 XFreeCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.w32
->nontext_cursor
);
1450 f
->output_data
.w32
->nontext_cursor
= nontext_cursor
;
1452 if (hourglass_cursor
!= f
->output_data
.w32
->hourglass_cursor
1453 && f
->output_data
.w32
->hourglass_cursor
!= 0)
1454 XFreeCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.w32
->hourglass_cursor
);
1455 f
->output_data
.w32
->hourglass_cursor
= hourglass_cursor
;
1457 if (mode_cursor
!= f
->output_data
.w32
->modeline_cursor
1458 && f
->output_data
.w32
->modeline_cursor
!= 0)
1459 XFreeCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.w32
->modeline_cursor
);
1460 f
->output_data
.w32
->modeline_cursor
= mode_cursor
;
1462 if (hand_cursor
!= f
->output_data
.w32
->hand_cursor
1463 && f
->output_data
.w32
->hand_cursor
!= 0)
1464 XFreeCursor (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.w32
->hand_cursor
);
1465 f
->output_data
.w32
->hand_cursor
= hand_cursor
;
1467 XFlush (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
));
1470 update_face_from_frame_parameter (f
, Qmouse_color
, arg
);
1475 x_set_cursor_color (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object arg
, Lisp_Object oldval
)
1477 unsigned long fore_pixel
, pixel
;
1479 if (!NILP (Vx_cursor_fore_pixel
))
1480 fore_pixel
= x_decode_color (f
, Vx_cursor_fore_pixel
,
1481 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (f
));
1483 fore_pixel
= FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
1485 pixel
= x_decode_color (f
, arg
, BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (f
));
1487 /* Make sure that the cursor color differs from the background color. */
1488 if (pixel
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
))
1490 pixel
= f
->output_data
.w32
->mouse_pixel
;
1491 if (pixel
== fore_pixel
)
1492 fore_pixel
= FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
1495 f
->output_data
.w32
->cursor_foreground_pixel
= fore_pixel
;
1496 f
->output_data
.w32
->cursor_pixel
= pixel
;
1498 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
1501 /* Update frame's cursor_gc. */
1502 f
->output_data
.w32
->cursor_gc
->foreground
= fore_pixel
;
1503 f
->output_data
.w32
->cursor_gc
->background
= pixel
;
1507 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
1509 x_update_cursor (f
, 0);
1510 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
1514 update_face_from_frame_parameter (f
, Qcursor_color
, arg
);
1517 /* Set the border-color of frame F to pixel value PIX.
1518 Note that this does not fully take effect if done before
1522 x_set_border_pixel (struct frame
*f
, int pix
)
1525 f
->output_data
.w32
->border_pixel
= pix
;
1527 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
) != 0 && f
->border_width
> 0)
1529 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
1534 /* Set the border-color of frame F to value described by ARG.
1535 ARG can be a string naming a color.
1536 The border-color is used for the border that is drawn by the server.
1537 Note that this does not fully take effect if done before
1538 F has a window; it must be redone when the window is created. */
1541 x_set_border_color (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object arg
, Lisp_Object oldval
)
1546 pix
= x_decode_color (f
, arg
, BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (f
));
1547 x_set_border_pixel (f
, pix
);
1548 update_face_from_frame_parameter (f
, Qborder_color
, arg
);
1553 x_set_cursor_type (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object arg
, Lisp_Object oldval
)
1555 set_frame_cursor_types (f
, arg
);
1559 x_set_icon_type (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object arg
, Lisp_Object oldval
)
1563 if (NILP (arg
) && NILP (oldval
))
1566 if (STRINGP (arg
) && STRINGP (oldval
)
1567 && EQ (Fstring_equal (oldval
, arg
), Qt
))
1570 if (SYMBOLP (arg
) && SYMBOLP (oldval
) && EQ (arg
, oldval
))
1575 result
= x_bitmap_icon (f
, arg
);
1579 error ("No icon window available");
1586 x_set_icon_name (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object arg
, Lisp_Object oldval
)
1590 if (STRINGP (oldval
) && EQ (Fstring_equal (oldval
, arg
), Qt
))
1593 else if (!NILP (arg
) || NILP (oldval
))
1596 fset_icon_name (f
, arg
);
1599 if (f
->output_data
.w32
->icon_bitmap
!= 0)
1604 result
= x_text_icon (f
,
1605 SSDATA ((!NILP (f
->icon_name
)
1614 error ("No icon window available");
1617 /* If the window was unmapped (and its icon was mapped),
1618 the new icon is not mapped, so map the window in its stead. */
1619 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
1621 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1622 XtPopup (f
->output_data
.w32
->widget
, XtGrabNone
);
1624 XMapWindow (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
));
1627 XFlush (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
));
1633 x_clear_under_internal_border (struct frame
*f
)
1635 int border
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
1637 /* Clear border if it's larger than before. */
1640 HDC hdc
= get_frame_dc (f
);
1641 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
1642 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
1645 w32_clear_area (f
, hdc
, 0, FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
), width
, border
);
1646 w32_clear_area (f
, hdc
, 0, 0, border
, height
);
1647 w32_clear_area (f
, hdc
, width
- border
, 0, border
, height
);
1648 w32_clear_area (f
, hdc
, 0, height
- border
, width
, border
);
1649 release_frame_dc (f
, hdc
);
1656 x_set_internal_border_width (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object arg
, Lisp_Object oldval
)
1660 CHECK_TYPE_RANGED_INTEGER (int, arg
);
1661 border
= max (XINT (arg
), 0);
1663 if (border
!= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
))
1665 FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
) = border
;
1667 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
1669 adjust_frame_size (f
, -1, -1, 3, false, Qinternal_border_width
);
1671 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
1672 x_clear_under_internal_border (f
);
1679 x_set_menu_bar_lines (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object value
, Lisp_Object oldval
)
1683 /* Right now, menu bars don't work properly in minibuf-only frames;
1684 most of the commands try to apply themselves to the minibuffer
1685 frame itself, and get an error because you can't switch buffers
1686 in or split the minibuffer window. */
1687 if (FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f
))
1690 if (INTEGERP (value
))
1691 nlines
= XINT (value
);
1695 FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f
) = 0;
1696 FRAME_MENU_BAR_HEIGHT (f
) = 0;
1698 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f
) = 1;
1701 if (FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f
) == 1)
1702 free_frame_menubar (f
);
1703 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f
) = 0;
1705 /* Adjust the frame size so that the client (text) dimensions
1706 remain the same. This depends on FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR being
1707 set correctly. Note that we resize twice: The first time upon
1708 a request from the window manager who wants to keep the height
1709 of the outer rectangle (including decorations) unchanged, and a
1710 second time because we want to keep the height of the inner
1711 rectangle (without the decorations unchanged). */
1712 adjust_frame_size (f
, -1, -1, 2, true, Qmenu_bar_lines
);
1714 /* Not sure whether this is needed. */
1715 x_clear_under_internal_border (f
);
1720 /* Set the number of lines used for the tool bar of frame F to VALUE.
1721 VALUE not an integer, or < 0 means set the lines to zero. OLDVAL is
1722 the old number of tool bar lines (and is unused). This function may
1723 change the height of all windows on frame F to match the new tool bar
1724 height. By design, the frame's height doesn't change (but maybe it
1725 should if we don't get enough space otherwise). */
1728 x_set_tool_bar_lines (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object value
, Lisp_Object oldval
)
1732 /* Treat tool bars like menu bars. */
1733 if (FRAME_MINIBUF_ONLY_P (f
))
1736 /* Use VALUE only if an integer >= 0. */
1737 if (INTEGERP (value
) && XINT (value
) >= 0)
1738 nlines
= XFASTINT (value
);
1742 x_change_tool_bar_height (f
, nlines
* FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
));
1746 /* Set the pixel height of the tool bar of frame F to HEIGHT. */
1748 x_change_tool_bar_height (struct frame
*f
, int height
)
1750 int unit
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
1751 int old_height
= FRAME_TOOL_BAR_HEIGHT (f
);
1752 int lines
= (height
+ unit
- 1) / unit
;
1753 Lisp_Object fullscreen
;
1755 /* Make sure we redisplay all windows in this frame. */
1756 windows_or_buffers_changed
= 23;
1758 /* Recalculate tool bar and frame text sizes. */
1759 FRAME_TOOL_BAR_HEIGHT (f
) = height
;
1760 FRAME_TOOL_BAR_LINES (f
) = lines
;
1761 /* Store `tool-bar-lines' and `height' frame parameters. */
1762 store_frame_param (f
, Qtool_bar_lines
, make_number (lines
));
1763 store_frame_param (f
, Qheight
, make_number (FRAME_LINES (f
)));
1765 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
) && FRAME_TOOL_BAR_HEIGHT (f
) == 0)
1768 clear_current_matrices (f
);
1771 if ((height
< old_height
) && WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
))
1772 clear_glyph_matrix (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)->current_matrix
);
1774 /* Recalculate toolbar height. */
1775 f
->n_tool_bar_rows
= 0;
1777 && (!f
->after_make_frame
1778 || NILP (frame_inhibit_implied_resize
)
1779 || (CONSP (frame_inhibit_implied_resize
)
1780 && NILP (Fmemq (Qtool_bar_lines
, frame_inhibit_implied_resize
)))))
1781 f
->tool_bar_redisplayed
= f
->tool_bar_resized
= false;
1783 adjust_frame_size (f
, -1, -1,
1784 ((!f
->tool_bar_resized
1785 && (NILP (fullscreen
=
1786 get_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
))
1787 || EQ (fullscreen
, Qfullwidth
))) ? 1
1788 : (old_height
== 0 || height
== 0) ? 2
1790 false, Qtool_bar_lines
);
1792 f
->tool_bar_resized
= f
->tool_bar_redisplayed
;
1794 /* adjust_frame_size might not have done anything, garbage frame
1796 adjust_frame_glyphs (f
);
1797 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
1798 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
1799 x_clear_under_internal_border (f
);
1803 w32_set_title_bar_text (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object name
)
1805 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
))
1809 GUI_FN (SetWindowText
) (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
),
1810 GUI_SDATA (GUI_ENCODE_SYSTEM (name
)));
1812 /* The frame's title many times shows the name of the file
1813 visited in the selected window's buffer, so it makes sense to
1814 support non-ASCII characters outside of the current system
1815 codepage in the title. */
1816 if (w32_unicode_filenames
)
1818 Lisp_Object encoded_title
= ENCODE_UTF_8 (name
);
1820 int tlen
= pMultiByteToWideChar (CP_UTF8
, 0, SSDATA (encoded_title
),
1825 /* Windows truncates the title text beyond what fits on
1826 a single line, so we can limit the length to some
1827 reasonably large value, and use alloca. */
1830 title_w
= alloca ((tlen
+ 1) * sizeof (wchar_t));
1831 pMultiByteToWideChar (CP_UTF8
, 0, SSDATA (encoded_title
), -1,
1833 title_w
[tlen
] = L
'\0';
1834 SetWindowTextW (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
), title_w
);
1836 else /* Conversion to UTF-16 failed, so we punt. */
1837 SetWindowTextA (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
),
1838 SSDATA (ENCODE_SYSTEM (name
)));
1841 SetWindowTextA (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
), SSDATA (ENCODE_SYSTEM (name
)));
1847 /* Change the name of frame F to NAME. If NAME is nil, set F's name to
1850 If EXPLICIT is non-zero, that indicates that lisp code is setting the
1851 name; if NAME is a string, set F's name to NAME and set
1852 F->explicit_name; if NAME is Qnil, then clear F->explicit_name.
1854 If EXPLICIT is zero, that indicates that Emacs redisplay code is
1855 suggesting a new name, which lisp code should override; if
1856 F->explicit_name is set, ignore the new name; otherwise, set it. */
1859 x_set_name (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object name
, bool explicit)
1861 /* Make sure that requests from lisp code override requests from
1862 Emacs redisplay code. */
1865 /* If we're switching from explicit to implicit, we had better
1866 update the mode lines and thereby update the title. */
1867 if (f
->explicit_name
&& NILP (name
))
1868 update_mode_lines
= 25;
1870 f
->explicit_name
= ! NILP (name
);
1872 else if (f
->explicit_name
)
1875 /* If NAME is nil, set the name to the w32_id_name. */
1878 /* Check for no change needed in this very common case
1879 before we do any consing. */
1880 if (!strcmp (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->w32_id_name
,
1883 name
= build_string (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->w32_id_name
);
1886 CHECK_STRING (name
);
1888 /* Don't change the name if it's already NAME. */
1889 if (! NILP (Fstring_equal (name
, f
->name
)))
1892 fset_name (f
, name
);
1894 /* For setting the frame title, the title parameter should override
1895 the name parameter. */
1896 if (! NILP (f
->title
))
1899 w32_set_title_bar_text (f
, name
);
1902 /* This function should be called when the user's lisp code has
1903 specified a name for the frame; the name will override any set by the
1906 x_explicitly_set_name (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object arg
, Lisp_Object oldval
)
1908 x_set_name (f
, arg
, true);
1911 /* This function should be called by Emacs redisplay code to set the
1912 name; names set this way will never override names set by the user's
1915 x_implicitly_set_name (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object arg
, Lisp_Object oldval
)
1917 x_set_name (f
, arg
, false);
1920 /* Change the title of frame F to NAME.
1921 If NAME is nil, use the frame name as the title. */
1924 x_set_title (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object name
, Lisp_Object old_name
)
1926 /* Don't change the title if it's already NAME. */
1927 if (EQ (name
, f
->title
))
1930 update_mode_lines
= 26;
1932 fset_title (f
, name
);
1937 w32_set_title_bar_text (f
, name
);
1941 x_set_scroll_bar_default_width (struct frame
*f
)
1943 int unit
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
1945 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CXVSCROLL
);
1946 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
1947 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + unit
- 1) / unit
;
1952 x_set_scroll_bar_default_height (struct frame
*f
)
1954 int unit
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
1956 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_HEIGHT (f
) = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CXHSCROLL
);
1957 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_LINES (f
)
1958 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_HEIGHT (f
) + unit
- 1) / unit
;
1961 /* Subroutines for creating a frame. */
1963 Cursor
w32_load_cursor (LPCTSTR
);
1966 w32_load_cursor (LPCTSTR name
)
1968 /* Try first to load cursor from application resource. */
1969 Cursor cursor
= LoadImage ((HINSTANCE
) GetModuleHandle (NULL
),
1970 name
, IMAGE_CURSOR
, 0, 0,
1971 LR_DEFAULTCOLOR
| LR_DEFAULTSIZE
| LR_SHARED
);
1974 /* Then try to load a shared predefined cursor. */
1975 cursor
= LoadImage (NULL
, name
, IMAGE_CURSOR
, 0, 0,
1976 LR_DEFAULTCOLOR
| LR_DEFAULTSIZE
| LR_SHARED
);
1981 static LRESULT CALLBACK
w32_wnd_proc (HWND
, UINT
, WPARAM
, LPARAM
);
1983 #define INIT_WINDOW_CLASS(WC) \
1984 (WC).style = CS_HREDRAW | CS_VREDRAW; \
1985 (WC).lpfnWndProc = (WNDPROC) w32_wnd_proc; \
1986 (WC).cbClsExtra = 0; \
1987 (WC).cbWndExtra = WND_EXTRA_BYTES; \
1988 (WC).hInstance = hinst; \
1989 (WC).hIcon = LoadIcon (hinst, EMACS_CLASS); \
1990 (WC).hCursor = w32_load_cursor (IDC_ARROW); \
1991 (WC).hbrBackground = NULL; \
1992 (WC).lpszMenuName = NULL; \
1995 w32_init_class (HINSTANCE hinst
)
1997 if (w32_unicode_gui
)
2000 INIT_WINDOW_CLASS(uwc
);
2001 uwc
.lpszClassName
= L
"Emacs";
2003 return RegisterClassW (&uwc
);
2008 INIT_WINDOW_CLASS(wc
);
2009 wc
.lpszClassName
= EMACS_CLASS
;
2011 return RegisterClassA (&wc
);
2016 w32_createvscrollbar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
* bar
)
2018 return CreateWindow ("SCROLLBAR", "", SBS_VERT
| WS_CHILD
| WS_VISIBLE
,
2019 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
2020 bar
->left
, bar
->top
, bar
->width
, bar
->height
,
2021 FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
), NULL
, hinst
, NULL
);
2025 w32_createhscrollbar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
* bar
)
2027 return CreateWindow ("SCROLLBAR", "", SBS_HORZ
| WS_CHILD
| WS_VISIBLE
,
2028 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
2029 bar
->left
, bar
->top
, bar
->width
, bar
->height
,
2030 FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
), NULL
, hinst
, NULL
);
2034 w32_createwindow (struct frame
*f
, int *coords
)
2041 rect
.left
= rect
.top
= 0;
2042 rect
.right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
2043 rect
.bottom
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
2045 AdjustWindowRect (&rect
, f
->output_data
.w32
->dwStyle
,
2046 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f
));
2048 /* Do first time app init */
2050 w32_init_class (hinst
);
2052 if (f
->size_hint_flags
& USPosition
|| f
->size_hint_flags
& PPosition
)
2063 FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
) = hwnd
2064 = CreateWindow (EMACS_CLASS
,
2066 f
->output_data
.w32
->dwStyle
| WS_CLIPCHILDREN
,
2068 rect
.right
- rect
.left
, rect
.bottom
- rect
.top
,
2076 SetWindowLong (hwnd
, WND_FONTWIDTH_INDEX
, FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
2077 SetWindowLong (hwnd
, WND_LINEHEIGHT_INDEX
, FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
));
2078 SetWindowLong (hwnd
, WND_BORDER_INDEX
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
2079 SetWindowLong (hwnd
, WND_VSCROLLBAR_INDEX
, FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_WIDTH (f
));
2080 SetWindowLong (hwnd
, WND_HSCROLLBAR_INDEX
, FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_HEIGHT (f
));
2081 SetWindowLong (hwnd
, WND_BACKGROUND_INDEX
, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
2083 /* Enable drag-n-drop. */
2084 DragAcceptFiles (hwnd
, TRUE
);
2086 /* Do this to discard the default setting specified by our parent. */
2087 ShowWindow (hwnd
, SW_HIDE
);
2089 /* Update frame positions. */
2090 GetWindowRect (hwnd
, &rect
);
2091 f
->left_pos
= rect
.left
;
2092 f
->top_pos
= rect
.top
;
2097 my_post_msg (W32Msg
* wmsg
, HWND hwnd
, UINT msg
, WPARAM wParam
, LPARAM lParam
)
2099 wmsg
->msg
.hwnd
= hwnd
;
2100 wmsg
->msg
.message
= msg
;
2101 wmsg
->msg
.wParam
= wParam
;
2102 wmsg
->msg
.lParam
= lParam
;
2103 wmsg
->msg
.time
= GetMessageTime ();
2109 /* The Windows keyboard hook callback. */
2110 static LRESULT CALLBACK
2111 funhook (int code
, WPARAM w
, LPARAM l
)
2114 HWND focus
= GetFocus ();
2116 KBDLLHOOKSTRUCT
const *hs
= (KBDLLHOOKSTRUCT
*)l
;
2118 if (code
< 0 || (hs
->flags
& LLKHF_INJECTED
))
2119 return CallNextHookEx (0, code
, w
, l
);
2121 /* The keyboard hook sees keyboard input on all processes (except
2122 elevated ones, when Emacs itself is not elevated). As such,
2123 care must be taken to only filter out keyboard input when Emacs
2124 itself is on the foreground.
2126 GetFocus returns a non-NULL window if another application is active,
2127 and always for a console Emacs process. For a console Emacs, determine
2128 focus by checking if the current foreground window is the process's
2130 if (focus
== NULL
&& kbdhook
.console
!= NULL
)
2132 if (GetForegroundWindow () == kbdhook
.console
)
2134 focus
= kbdhook
.console
;
2139 /* First, check hooks for the left and right Windows keys. */
2140 if (hs
->vkCode
== VK_LWIN
|| hs
->vkCode
== VK_RWIN
)
2142 if (focus
!= NULL
&& (w
== WM_KEYDOWN
|| w
== WM_SYSKEYDOWN
))
2144 /* The key is being pressed in an Emacs window. */
2145 if (hs
->vkCode
== VK_LWIN
&& !kbdhook
.lwindown
)
2147 kbdhook
.lwindown
= 1;
2148 kbdhook
.winseen
= 1;
2151 else if (hs
->vkCode
== VK_RWIN
&& !kbdhook
.rwindown
)
2153 kbdhook
.rwindown
= 1;
2154 kbdhook
.winseen
= 1;
2157 /* Returning 1 here drops the keypress without further processing.
2158 If the keypress was allowed to go through, the normal Windows
2159 hotkeys would take over. */
2162 else if (kbdhook
.winsdown
> 0 && (w
== WM_KEYUP
|| w
== WM_SYSKEYUP
))
2164 /* A key that has been captured earlier is being released now. */
2165 if (hs
->vkCode
== VK_LWIN
&& kbdhook
.lwindown
)
2167 kbdhook
.lwindown
= 0;
2170 else if (hs
->vkCode
== VK_RWIN
&& kbdhook
.rwindown
)
2172 kbdhook
.rwindown
= 0;
2175 if (kbdhook
.winsdown
== 0 && kbdhook
.winseen
)
2177 if (!kbdhook
.suppress_lone
)
2179 /* The Windows key was pressed, then released,
2180 without any other key pressed simultaneously.
2181 Normally, this opens the Start menu, but the user
2182 can prevent this by setting the
2183 w32-pass-[lr]window-to-system variable to
2185 if (hs
->vkCode
== (VK_LWIN
&& !NILP (Vw32_pass_lwindow_to_system
)) ||
2186 (hs
->vkCode
== VK_RWIN
&& !NILP (Vw32_pass_rwindow_to_system
)))
2188 /* Not prevented - Simulate the keypress to the system. */
2189 memset (inputs
, 0, sizeof (inputs
));
2190 inputs
[0].type
= INPUT_KEYBOARD
;
2191 inputs
[0].ki
.wVk
= hs
->vkCode
;
2192 inputs
[0].ki
.wScan
= hs
->vkCode
;
2193 inputs
[0].ki
.dwFlags
= KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY
;
2194 inputs
[0].ki
.time
= 0;
2195 inputs
[1].type
= INPUT_KEYBOARD
;
2196 inputs
[1].ki
.wVk
= hs
->vkCode
;
2197 inputs
[1].ki
.wScan
= hs
->vkCode
;
2198 inputs
[1].ki
.dwFlags
2199 = KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY
| KEYEVENTF_KEYUP
;
2200 inputs
[1].ki
.time
= 0;
2201 SendInput (2, inputs
, sizeof (INPUT
));
2203 else if (focus
!= NULL
)
2205 /* When not passed to system, must simulate privately to Emacs. */
2206 PostMessage (focus
, WM_SYSKEYDOWN
, hs
->vkCode
, 0);
2207 PostMessage (focus
, WM_SYSKEYUP
, hs
->vkCode
, 0);
2211 if (kbdhook
.winsdown
== 0)
2213 /* No Windows keys pressed anymore - clear the state flags. */
2214 kbdhook
.suppress_lone
= 0;
2215 kbdhook
.winseen
= 0;
2217 if (!kbdhook
.send_win_up
)
2219 /* Swallow this release message, as not to confuse
2220 applications who did not get to see the original
2221 WM_KEYDOWN message either. */
2224 kbdhook
.send_win_up
= 0;
2227 else if (kbdhook
.winsdown
> 0)
2229 /* Some other key was pressed while a captured Win key is down.
2230 This is either an Emacs registered hotkey combination, or a
2232 if ((kbdhook
.lwindown
&& kbdhook
.lwin_hooked
[hs
->vkCode
]) ||
2233 (kbdhook
.rwindown
&& kbdhook
.rwin_hooked
[hs
->vkCode
]))
2235 /* Hooked Win-x combination, do not pass the keypress to Windows. */
2236 kbdhook
.suppress_lone
= 1;
2238 else if (!kbdhook
.suppress_lone
)
2240 /* Unhooked S-x combination; simulate the combination now
2241 (will be seen by the system). */
2242 memset (inputs
, 0, sizeof (inputs
));
2243 inputs
[0].type
= INPUT_KEYBOARD
;
2244 inputs
[0].ki
.wVk
= kbdhook
.lwindown
? VK_LWIN
: VK_RWIN
;
2245 inputs
[0].ki
.wScan
= kbdhook
.lwindown
? VK_LWIN
: VK_RWIN
;
2246 inputs
[0].ki
.dwFlags
= KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY
;
2247 inputs
[0].ki
.time
= 0;
2248 inputs
[1].type
= INPUT_KEYBOARD
;
2249 inputs
[1].ki
.wVk
= hs
->vkCode
;
2250 inputs
[1].ki
.wScan
= hs
->scanCode
;
2251 inputs
[1].ki
.dwFlags
=
2252 (hs
->flags
& LLKHF_EXTENDED
) ? KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY
: 0;
2253 inputs
[1].ki
.time
= 0;
2254 SendInput (2, inputs
, sizeof (INPUT
));
2255 /* Stop processing of this Win sequence here; the
2256 corresponding keyup messages will come through the normal
2257 channel when the keys are released. */
2258 kbdhook
.suppress_lone
= 1;
2259 kbdhook
.send_win_up
= 1;
2260 /* Swallow the original keypress (as we want the Win key
2261 down message simulated above to precede this real message). */
2266 /* Next, handle the registered Alt-* combinations. */
2267 if ((w
== WM_SYSKEYDOWN
|| w
== WM_KEYDOWN
)
2268 && kbdhook
.alt_hooked
[hs
->vkCode
]
2270 && (GetAsyncKeyState (VK_MENU
) & 0x8000))
2272 /* Prevent the system from getting this Alt-* key - suppress the
2273 message and post as a normal keypress to Emacs. */
2278 rec
.EventType
= KEY_EVENT
;
2279 rec
.Event
.KeyEvent
.bKeyDown
= TRUE
;
2280 rec
.Event
.KeyEvent
.wVirtualKeyCode
= hs
->vkCode
;
2281 rec
.Event
.KeyEvent
.wVirtualScanCode
= hs
->scanCode
;
2282 rec
.Event
.KeyEvent
.uChar
.UnicodeChar
= 0;
2283 rec
.Event
.KeyEvent
.dwControlKeyState
=
2284 ((GetAsyncKeyState (VK_LMENU
) & 0x8000) ? LEFT_ALT_PRESSED
: 0)
2285 | ((GetAsyncKeyState (VK_RMENU
) & 0x8000) ? RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED
: 0)
2286 | ((GetAsyncKeyState (VK_LCONTROL
) & 0x8000) ? LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED
: 0)
2287 | ((GetAsyncKeyState (VK_RCONTROL
) & 0x8000) ? RIGHT_CTRL_PRESSED
: 0)
2288 | ((GetAsyncKeyState (VK_SHIFT
) & 0x8000) ? SHIFT_PRESSED
: 0)
2289 | ((hs
->flags
& LLKHF_EXTENDED
) ? ENHANCED_KEY
: 0);
2290 if (w32_console_unicode_input
)
2291 WriteConsoleInputW (keyboard_handle
, &rec
, 1, &n
);
2293 WriteConsoleInputA (keyboard_handle
, &rec
, 1, &n
);
2296 PostMessage (focus
, w
, hs
->vkCode
, 1 | (1<<29));
2300 /* The normal case - pass the message through. */
2301 return CallNextHookEx (0, code
, w
, l
);
2304 /* Set up the hook; can be called several times, with matching
2305 remove_w32_kbdhook calls. */
2307 setup_w32_kbdhook (void)
2309 kbdhook
.hook_count
++;
2311 /* Hooking is only available on NT architecture systems, as
2312 indicated by the w32_kbdhook_active variable. */
2313 if (kbdhook
.hook_count
== 1 && w32_kbdhook_active
)
2315 /* Get the handle of the Emacs console window. As the
2316 GetConsoleWindow function is only available on Win2000+, a
2317 hackish workaround described in Microsoft KB article 124103
2318 (https://support.microsoft.com/en-us/kb/124103) is used for
2320 GetConsoleWindow_Proc get_console
= (GetConsoleWindow_Proc
)
2321 GetProcAddress (GetModuleHandle ("kernel32.dll"), "GetConsoleWindow");
2323 if (get_console
!= NULL
)
2324 kbdhook
.console
= get_console ();
2328 wchar_t *oldTitle
= malloc (1024 * sizeof(wchar_t));
2329 wchar_t newTitle
[64];
2332 CoCreateGuid (&guid
);
2333 StringFromGUID2 (&guid
, newTitle
, 64);
2334 if (newTitle
!= NULL
)
2336 GetConsoleTitleW (oldTitle
, 1024);
2337 SetConsoleTitleW (newTitle
);
2338 for (i
= 0; i
< 25; i
++)
2341 kbdhook
.console
= FindWindowW (NULL
, newTitle
);
2342 if (kbdhook
.console
!= NULL
)
2345 SetConsoleTitleW (oldTitle
);
2351 kbdhook
.hook
= SetWindowsHookEx (WH_KEYBOARD_LL
, funhook
,
2352 GetModuleHandle (NULL
), 0);
2356 /* Remove the hook. */
2358 remove_w32_kbdhook (void)
2360 kbdhook
.hook_count
--;
2361 if (kbdhook
.hook_count
== 0 && w32_kbdhook_active
)
2363 UnhookWindowsHookEx (kbdhook
.hook
);
2364 kbdhook
.hook
= NULL
;
2367 #endif /* WINDOWSNT */
2369 /* Mark a specific key combination as hooked, preventing it to be
2370 handled by the system. */
2372 hook_w32_key (int hook
, int modifier
, int vkey
)
2379 tbl
= kbdhook
.alt_hooked
;
2382 tbl
= kbdhook
.lwin_hooked
;
2385 tbl
= kbdhook
.rwin_hooked
;
2389 if (tbl
!= NULL
&& vkey
>= 0 && vkey
<= 255)
2391 /* VK_ANY hooks all keys for this modifier */
2393 memset (tbl
, (char)hook
, 256);
2395 tbl
[vkey
] = (char)hook
;
2396 /* Alt-<modifier>s should go through */
2397 kbdhook
.alt_hooked
[VK_MENU
] = 0;
2398 kbdhook
.alt_hooked
[VK_LMENU
] = 0;
2399 kbdhook
.alt_hooked
[VK_RMENU
] = 0;
2400 kbdhook
.alt_hooked
[VK_CONTROL
] = 0;
2401 kbdhook
.alt_hooked
[VK_LCONTROL
] = 0;
2402 kbdhook
.alt_hooked
[VK_RCONTROL
] = 0;
2403 kbdhook
.alt_hooked
[VK_SHIFT
] = 0;
2404 kbdhook
.alt_hooked
[VK_LSHIFT
] = 0;
2405 kbdhook
.alt_hooked
[VK_RSHIFT
] = 0;
2409 /* Check the current Win key pressed state. */
2411 check_w32_winkey_state (int vkey
)
2413 /* The hook code handles grabbing of the Windows keys and Alt-* key
2414 combinations reserved by the system. Handling Alt is a bit
2415 easier, as Windows intends Alt-* shortcuts for application use in
2416 Windows; hotkeys such as Alt-tab and Alt-escape are special
2417 cases. Win-* hotkeys, on the other hand, are primarily meant for
2420 As a result, when we want Emacs to be able to grab the Win-*
2421 keys, we must swallow all Win key presses in a low-level keyboard
2422 hook. Unfortunately, this means that the Emacs window procedure
2423 (and console input handler) never see the keypresses either.
2424 Thus, to check the modifier states properly, Emacs code must use
2425 the check_w32_winkey_state function that uses the flags directly
2426 updated by the hook callback. */
2430 return kbdhook
.lwindown
;
2432 return kbdhook
.rwindown
;
2437 /* Reset the keyboard hook state. Locking the workstation with Win-L
2438 leaves the Win key(s) "down" from the hook's point of view - the
2439 keyup event is never seen. Thus, this function must be called when
2440 the system is locked. */
2442 reset_w32_kbdhook_state (void)
2444 kbdhook
.lwindown
= 0;
2445 kbdhook
.rwindown
= 0;
2446 kbdhook
.winsdown
= 0;
2447 kbdhook
.send_win_up
= 0;
2448 kbdhook
.suppress_lone
= 0;
2449 kbdhook
.winseen
= 0;
2452 /* GetKeyState and MapVirtualKey on Windows 95 do not actually distinguish
2453 between left and right keys as advertised. We test for this
2454 support dynamically, and set a flag when the support is absent. If
2455 absent, we keep track of the left and right control and alt keys
2456 ourselves. This is particularly necessary on keyboards that rely
2457 upon the AltGr key, which is represented as having the left control
2458 and right alt keys pressed. For these keyboards, we need to know
2459 when the left alt key has been pressed in addition to the AltGr key
2460 so that we can properly support M-AltGr-key sequences (such as M-@
2461 on Swedish keyboards). */
2463 #define EMACS_LCONTROL 0
2464 #define EMACS_RCONTROL 1
2465 #define EMACS_LMENU 2
2466 #define EMACS_RMENU 3
2468 static int modifiers
[4];
2469 static int modifiers_recorded
;
2470 static int modifier_key_support_tested
;
2473 test_modifier_support (unsigned int wparam
)
2477 if (wparam
!= VK_CONTROL
&& wparam
!= VK_MENU
)
2479 if (wparam
== VK_CONTROL
)
2489 if (!(GetKeyState (l
) & 0x8000) && !(GetKeyState (r
) & 0x8000))
2490 modifiers_recorded
= 1;
2492 modifiers_recorded
= 0;
2493 modifier_key_support_tested
= 1;
2497 record_keydown (unsigned int wparam
, unsigned int lparam
)
2501 if (!modifier_key_support_tested
)
2502 test_modifier_support (wparam
);
2504 if ((wparam
!= VK_CONTROL
&& wparam
!= VK_MENU
) || !modifiers_recorded
)
2507 if (wparam
== VK_CONTROL
)
2508 i
= (lparam
& 0x1000000) ? EMACS_RCONTROL
: EMACS_LCONTROL
;
2510 i
= (lparam
& 0x1000000) ? EMACS_RMENU
: EMACS_LMENU
;
2516 record_keyup (unsigned int wparam
, unsigned int lparam
)
2520 if ((wparam
!= VK_CONTROL
&& wparam
!= VK_MENU
) || !modifiers_recorded
)
2523 if (wparam
== VK_CONTROL
)
2524 i
= (lparam
& 0x1000000) ? EMACS_RCONTROL
: EMACS_LCONTROL
;
2526 i
= (lparam
& 0x1000000) ? EMACS_RMENU
: EMACS_LMENU
;
2531 /* Emacs can lose focus while a modifier key has been pressed. When
2532 it regains focus, be conservative and clear all modifiers since
2533 we cannot reconstruct the left and right modifier state. */
2535 reset_modifiers (void)
2539 if (GetFocus () == NULL
)
2540 /* Emacs doesn't have keyboard focus. Do nothing. */
2543 ctrl
= GetAsyncKeyState (VK_CONTROL
);
2544 alt
= GetAsyncKeyState (VK_MENU
);
2546 if (!(ctrl
& 0x08000))
2547 /* Clear any recorded control modifier state. */
2548 modifiers
[EMACS_RCONTROL
] = modifiers
[EMACS_LCONTROL
] = 0;
2550 if (!(alt
& 0x08000))
2551 /* Clear any recorded alt modifier state. */
2552 modifiers
[EMACS_RMENU
] = modifiers
[EMACS_LMENU
] = 0;
2554 /* Update the state of all modifier keys, because modifiers used in
2555 hot-key combinations can get stuck on if Emacs loses focus as a
2556 result of a hot-key being pressed. */
2560 #define CURRENT_STATE(key) ((GetAsyncKeyState (key) & 0x8000) >> 8)
2562 memset (keystate
, 0, sizeof (keystate
));
2563 GetKeyboardState (keystate
);
2564 keystate
[VK_SHIFT
] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_SHIFT
);
2565 keystate
[VK_CONTROL
] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_CONTROL
);
2566 keystate
[VK_LCONTROL
] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_LCONTROL
);
2567 keystate
[VK_RCONTROL
] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_RCONTROL
);
2568 keystate
[VK_MENU
] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_MENU
);
2569 keystate
[VK_LMENU
] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_LMENU
);
2570 keystate
[VK_RMENU
] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_RMENU
);
2571 keystate
[VK_LWIN
] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_LWIN
);
2572 keystate
[VK_RWIN
] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_RWIN
);
2573 keystate
[VK_APPS
] = CURRENT_STATE (VK_APPS
);
2574 SetKeyboardState (keystate
);
2578 /* Synchronize modifier state with what is reported with the current
2579 keystroke. Even if we cannot distinguish between left and right
2580 modifier keys, we know that, if no modifiers are set, then neither
2581 the left or right modifier should be set. */
2583 sync_modifiers (void)
2585 if (!modifiers_recorded
)
2588 if (!(GetKeyState (VK_CONTROL
) & 0x8000))
2589 modifiers
[EMACS_RCONTROL
] = modifiers
[EMACS_LCONTROL
] = 0;
2591 if (!(GetKeyState (VK_MENU
) & 0x8000))
2592 modifiers
[EMACS_RMENU
] = modifiers
[EMACS_LMENU
] = 0;
2596 modifier_set (int vkey
)
2598 /* Warning: The fact that VK_NUMLOCK is not treated as the other 2
2599 toggle keys is not an omission! If you want to add it, you will
2600 have to make changes in the default sub-case of the WM_KEYDOWN
2601 switch, because if the NUMLOCK modifier is set, the code there
2602 will directly convert any key that looks like an ASCII letter,
2603 and also downcase those that look like upper-case ASCII. */
2604 if (vkey
== VK_CAPITAL
)
2606 if (NILP (Vw32_enable_caps_lock
))
2609 return (GetKeyState (vkey
) & 0x1);
2611 if (vkey
== VK_SCROLL
)
2613 if (NILP (Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier
)
2614 /* w32-scroll-lock-modifier can be any non-nil value that is
2615 not one of the modifiers, in which case it shall be ignored. */
2616 || !( EQ (Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier
, Qhyper
)
2617 || EQ (Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier
, Qsuper
)
2618 || EQ (Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier
, Qmeta
)
2619 || EQ (Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier
, Qalt
)
2620 || EQ (Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier
, Qcontrol
)
2621 || EQ (Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier
, Qshift
)))
2624 return (GetKeyState (vkey
) & 0x1);
2626 if (w32_kbdhook_active
&& (vkey
== VK_LWIN
|| vkey
== VK_RWIN
))
2627 return check_w32_winkey_state (vkey
);
2629 if (!modifiers_recorded
)
2630 return (GetKeyState (vkey
) & 0x8000);
2635 return modifiers
[EMACS_LCONTROL
];
2637 return modifiers
[EMACS_RCONTROL
];
2639 return modifiers
[EMACS_LMENU
];
2641 return modifiers
[EMACS_RMENU
];
2643 return (GetKeyState (vkey
) & 0x8000);
2646 /* Convert between the modifier bits W32 uses and the modifier bits
2648 unsigned int w32_key_to_modifier (int);
2651 w32_key_to_modifier (int key
)
2653 Lisp_Object key_mapping
;
2658 key_mapping
= Vw32_lwindow_modifier
;
2661 key_mapping
= Vw32_rwindow_modifier
;
2664 key_mapping
= Vw32_apps_modifier
;
2667 key_mapping
= Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier
;
2673 /* NB. This code runs in the input thread, asynchronously to the lisp
2674 thread, so we must be careful to ensure access to lisp data is
2675 thread-safe. The following code is safe because the modifier
2676 variable values are updated atomically from lisp and symbols are
2677 not relocated by GC. Also, we don't have to worry about seeing GC
2679 if (EQ (key_mapping
, Qhyper
))
2680 return hyper_modifier
;
2681 if (EQ (key_mapping
, Qsuper
))
2682 return super_modifier
;
2683 if (EQ (key_mapping
, Qmeta
))
2684 return meta_modifier
;
2685 if (EQ (key_mapping
, Qalt
))
2686 return alt_modifier
;
2687 if (EQ (key_mapping
, Qctrl
))
2688 return ctrl_modifier
;
2689 if (EQ (key_mapping
, Qcontrol
)) /* synonym for ctrl */
2690 return ctrl_modifier
;
2691 if (EQ (key_mapping
, Qshift
))
2692 return shift_modifier
;
2694 /* Don't generate any modifier if not explicitly requested. */
2699 w32_get_modifiers (void)
2701 return ((modifier_set (VK_SHIFT
) ? shift_modifier
: 0) |
2702 (modifier_set (VK_CONTROL
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0) |
2703 (modifier_set (VK_LWIN
) ? w32_key_to_modifier (VK_LWIN
) : 0) |
2704 (modifier_set (VK_RWIN
) ? w32_key_to_modifier (VK_RWIN
) : 0) |
2705 (modifier_set (VK_APPS
) ? w32_key_to_modifier (VK_APPS
) : 0) |
2706 (modifier_set (VK_SCROLL
) ? w32_key_to_modifier (VK_SCROLL
) : 0) |
2707 (modifier_set (VK_MENU
) ?
2708 ((NILP (Vw32_alt_is_meta
)) ? alt_modifier
: meta_modifier
) : 0));
2711 /* We map the VK_* modifiers into console modifier constants
2712 so that we can use the same routines to handle both console
2713 and window input. */
2716 construct_console_modifiers (void)
2721 mods
|= (modifier_set (VK_SHIFT
)) ? SHIFT_PRESSED
: 0;
2722 mods
|= (modifier_set (VK_CAPITAL
)) ? CAPSLOCK_ON
: 0;
2723 mods
|= (modifier_set (VK_SCROLL
)) ? SCROLLLOCK_ON
: 0;
2724 mods
|= (modifier_set (VK_NUMLOCK
)) ? NUMLOCK_ON
: 0;
2725 mods
|= (modifier_set (VK_LCONTROL
)) ? LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED
: 0;
2726 mods
|= (modifier_set (VK_RCONTROL
)) ? RIGHT_CTRL_PRESSED
: 0;
2727 mods
|= (modifier_set (VK_LMENU
)) ? LEFT_ALT_PRESSED
: 0;
2728 mods
|= (modifier_set (VK_RMENU
)) ? RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED
: 0;
2729 mods
|= (modifier_set (VK_LWIN
)) ? LEFT_WIN_PRESSED
: 0;
2730 mods
|= (modifier_set (VK_RWIN
)) ? RIGHT_WIN_PRESSED
: 0;
2731 mods
|= (modifier_set (VK_APPS
)) ? APPS_PRESSED
: 0;
2737 w32_get_key_modifiers (unsigned int wparam
, unsigned int lparam
)
2741 /* Convert to emacs modifiers. */
2742 mods
= w32_kbd_mods_to_emacs (construct_console_modifiers (), wparam
);
2747 unsigned int map_keypad_keys (unsigned int, unsigned int);
2750 map_keypad_keys (unsigned int virt_key
, unsigned int extended
)
2752 if (virt_key
< VK_CLEAR
|| virt_key
> VK_DELETE
)
2755 if (virt_key
== VK_RETURN
)
2756 return (extended
? VK_NUMPAD_ENTER
: VK_RETURN
);
2758 if (virt_key
>= VK_PRIOR
&& virt_key
<= VK_DOWN
)
2759 return (!extended
? (VK_NUMPAD_PRIOR
+ (virt_key
- VK_PRIOR
)) : virt_key
);
2761 if (virt_key
== VK_INSERT
|| virt_key
== VK_DELETE
)
2762 return (!extended
? (VK_NUMPAD_INSERT
+ (virt_key
- VK_INSERT
)) : virt_key
);
2764 if (virt_key
== VK_CLEAR
)
2765 return (!extended
? VK_NUMPAD_CLEAR
: virt_key
);
2770 /* List of special key combinations which w32 would normally capture,
2771 but Emacs should grab instead. Not directly visible to lisp, to
2772 simplify synchronization. Each item is an integer encoding a virtual
2773 key code and modifier combination to capture.
2774 Note: This code is not used if keyboard hooks are active
2775 (Windows 2000 and later). */
2776 static Lisp_Object w32_grabbed_keys
;
2778 #define HOTKEY(vk, mods) make_number (((vk) & 255) | ((mods) << 8))
2779 #define HOTKEY_ID(k) (XFASTINT (k) & 0xbfff)
2780 #define HOTKEY_VK_CODE(k) (XFASTINT (k) & 255)
2781 #define HOTKEY_MODIFIERS(k) (XFASTINT (k) >> 8)
2783 #define RAW_HOTKEY_ID(k) ((k) & 0xbfff)
2784 #define RAW_HOTKEY_VK_CODE(k) ((k) & 255)
2785 #define RAW_HOTKEY_MODIFIERS(k) ((k) >> 8)
2787 /* Register hot-keys for reserved key combinations when Emacs has
2788 keyboard focus, since this is the only way Emacs can receive key
2789 combinations like Alt-Tab which are used by the system. */
2792 register_hot_keys (HWND hwnd
)
2794 Lisp_Object keylist
;
2796 /* Use CONSP, since we are called asynchronously. */
2797 for (keylist
= w32_grabbed_keys
; CONSP (keylist
); keylist
= XCDR (keylist
))
2799 Lisp_Object key
= XCAR (keylist
);
2801 /* Deleted entries get set to nil. */
2802 if (!INTEGERP (key
))
2805 RegisterHotKey (hwnd
, HOTKEY_ID (key
),
2806 HOTKEY_MODIFIERS (key
), HOTKEY_VK_CODE (key
));
2811 unregister_hot_keys (HWND hwnd
)
2813 Lisp_Object keylist
;
2815 for (keylist
= w32_grabbed_keys
; CONSP (keylist
); keylist
= XCDR (keylist
))
2817 Lisp_Object key
= XCAR (keylist
);
2819 if (!INTEGERP (key
))
2822 UnregisterHotKey (hwnd
, HOTKEY_ID (key
));
2828 w32_name_of_message (UINT msg
)
2831 static char buf
[64];
2832 static const struct {
2836 #define M(msg) { msg, # msg }
2844 M (WM_EMACS_CREATEWINDOW
),
2846 M (WM_EMACS_CREATEVSCROLLBAR
),
2847 M (WM_EMACS_CREATEHSCROLLBAR
),
2848 M (WM_EMACS_SHOWWINDOW
),
2849 M (WM_EMACS_SETWINDOWPOS
),
2850 M (WM_EMACS_DESTROYWINDOW
),
2851 M (WM_EMACS_TRACKPOPUPMENU
),
2852 M (WM_EMACS_SETFOCUS
),
2853 M (WM_EMACS_SETFOREGROUND
),
2854 M (WM_EMACS_SETLOCALE
),
2855 M (WM_EMACS_SETKEYBOARDLAYOUT
),
2856 M (WM_EMACS_REGISTER_HOT_KEY
),
2857 M (WM_EMACS_UNREGISTER_HOT_KEY
),
2858 M (WM_EMACS_TOGGLE_LOCK_KEY
),
2859 M (WM_EMACS_TRACK_CARET
),
2860 M (WM_EMACS_DESTROY_CARET
),
2861 M (WM_EMACS_SHOW_CARET
),
2862 M (WM_EMACS_HIDE_CARET
),
2863 M (WM_EMACS_SETCURSOR
),
2864 M (WM_EMACS_SHOWCURSOR
),
2871 for (i
= 0; msgnames
[i
].name
; ++i
)
2872 if (msgnames
[i
].msg
== msg
)
2873 return msgnames
[i
].name
;
2875 sprintf (buf
, "message 0x%04x", (unsigned)msg
);
2878 #endif /* EMACSDEBUG */
2880 /* Here's an overview of how Emacs input works in GUI sessions on
2881 MS-Windows. (For description of non-GUI input, see the commentary
2882 before w32_console_read_socket in w32inevt.c.)
2884 System messages are read and processed by w32_msg_pump below. This
2885 function runs in a separate thread. It handles a small number of
2886 custom WM_EMACS_* messages (posted by the main thread, look for
2887 PostMessage calls), and dispatches the rest to w32_wnd_proc, which
2888 is the main window procedure for the entire Emacs application.
2890 w32_wnd_proc also runs in the same separate input thread. It
2891 handles some messages, mostly those that need GDI calls, by itself.
2892 For the others, it calls my_post_msg, which inserts the messages
2893 into the input queue serviced by w32_read_socket.
2895 w32_read_socket runs in the main (a.k.a. "Lisp") thread, and is
2896 called synchronously from keyboard.c when it is known or suspected
2897 that some input is available. w32_read_socket either handles
2898 messages immediately, or converts them into Emacs input events and
2899 stuffs them into kbd_buffer, where kbd_buffer_get_event can get at
2900 them and process them when read_char and its callers require
2903 Under Cygwin with the W32 toolkit, the use of /dev/windows with
2904 select(2) takes the place of w32_read_socket.
2908 /* Main message dispatch loop. */
2911 w32_msg_pump (deferred_msg
* msg_buf
)
2917 msh_mousewheel
= RegisterWindowMessage (MSH_MOUSEWHEEL
);
2919 while ((w32_unicode_gui
? GetMessageW
: GetMessageA
) (&msg
, NULL
, 0, 0))
2922 /* DebPrint (("w32_msg_pump: %s time:%u\n", */
2923 /* w32_name_of_message (msg.message), msg.time)); */
2925 if (msg
.hwnd
== NULL
)
2927 switch (msg
.message
)
2930 /* Produced by complete_deferred_msg; just ignore. */
2932 case WM_EMACS_CREATEWINDOW
:
2933 /* Initialize COM for this window. Even though we don't use it,
2934 some third party shell extensions can cause it to be used in
2935 system dialogs, which causes a crash if it is not initialized.
2936 This is a known bug in Windows, which was fixed long ago, but
2937 the patch for XP is not publicly available until XP SP3,
2938 and older versions will never be patched. */
2939 CoInitialize (NULL
);
2940 w32_createwindow ((struct frame
*) msg
.wParam
,
2941 (int *) msg
.lParam
);
2942 if (!PostThreadMessage (dwMainThreadId
, WM_EMACS_DONE
, 0, 0))
2945 case WM_EMACS_SETLOCALE
:
2946 SetThreadLocale (msg
.wParam
);
2947 /* Reply is not expected. */
2949 case WM_EMACS_SETKEYBOARDLAYOUT
:
2950 result
= (WPARAM
) ActivateKeyboardLayout ((HKL
) msg
.wParam
, 0);
2951 if (!PostThreadMessage (dwMainThreadId
, WM_EMACS_DONE
,
2955 case WM_EMACS_REGISTER_HOT_KEY
:
2956 focus_window
= GetFocus ();
2957 if (focus_window
!= NULL
)
2958 RegisterHotKey (focus_window
,
2959 RAW_HOTKEY_ID (msg
.wParam
),
2960 RAW_HOTKEY_MODIFIERS (msg
.wParam
),
2961 RAW_HOTKEY_VK_CODE (msg
.wParam
));
2962 /* Reply is not expected. */
2964 case WM_EMACS_UNREGISTER_HOT_KEY
:
2965 focus_window
= GetFocus ();
2966 if (focus_window
!= NULL
)
2967 UnregisterHotKey (focus_window
, RAW_HOTKEY_ID (msg
.wParam
));
2968 /* Mark item as erased. NB: this code must be
2969 thread-safe. The next line is okay because the cons
2970 cell is never made into garbage and is not relocated by
2972 XSETCAR (make_lisp_ptr ((void *)msg
.lParam
, Lisp_Cons
), Qnil
);
2973 if (!PostThreadMessage (dwMainThreadId
, WM_EMACS_DONE
, 0, 0))
2976 case WM_EMACS_TOGGLE_LOCK_KEY
:
2978 int vk_code
= (int) msg
.wParam
;
2979 int cur_state
= (GetKeyState (vk_code
) & 1);
2980 int new_state
= msg
.lParam
;
2983 || ((new_state
& 1) != cur_state
))
2985 one_w32_display_info
.faked_key
= vk_code
;
2987 keybd_event ((BYTE
) vk_code
,
2988 (BYTE
) MapVirtualKey (vk_code
, 0),
2989 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY
| KEYEVENTF_KEYUP
, 0);
2990 keybd_event ((BYTE
) vk_code
,
2991 (BYTE
) MapVirtualKey (vk_code
, 0),
2992 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY
| 0, 0);
2993 keybd_event ((BYTE
) vk_code
,
2994 (BYTE
) MapVirtualKey (vk_code
, 0),
2995 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY
| KEYEVENTF_KEYUP
, 0);
2996 cur_state
= !cur_state
;
2998 if (!PostThreadMessage (dwMainThreadId
, WM_EMACS_DONE
,
3004 /* Broadcast messages make it here, so you need to be looking
3005 for something in particular for this to be useful. */
3007 DebPrint (("msg %x not expected by w32_msg_pump\n", msg
.message
));
3013 if (w32_unicode_gui
)
3014 DispatchMessageW (&msg
);
3016 DispatchMessageA (&msg
);
3019 /* Exit nested loop when our deferred message has completed. */
3020 if (msg_buf
->completed
)
3025 deferred_msg
* deferred_msg_head
;
3027 static deferred_msg
*
3028 find_deferred_msg (HWND hwnd
, UINT msg
)
3030 deferred_msg
* item
;
3032 /* Don't actually need synchronization for read access, since
3033 modification of single pointer is always atomic. */
3034 /* enter_crit (); */
3036 for (item
= deferred_msg_head
; item
!= NULL
; item
= item
->next
)
3037 if (item
->w32msg
.msg
.hwnd
== hwnd
3038 && item
->w32msg
.msg
.message
== msg
)
3041 /* leave_crit (); */
3047 send_deferred_msg (deferred_msg
* msg_buf
,
3053 /* Only input thread can send deferred messages. */
3054 if (GetCurrentThreadId () != dwWindowsThreadId
)
3057 /* It is an error to send a message that is already deferred. */
3058 if (find_deferred_msg (hwnd
, msg
) != NULL
)
3061 /* Enforced synchronization is not needed because this is the only
3062 function that alters deferred_msg_head, and the following critical
3063 section is guaranteed to only be serially reentered (since only the
3064 input thread can call us). */
3066 /* enter_crit (); */
3068 msg_buf
->completed
= 0;
3069 msg_buf
->next
= deferred_msg_head
;
3070 deferred_msg_head
= msg_buf
;
3071 my_post_msg (&msg_buf
->w32msg
, hwnd
, msg
, wParam
, lParam
);
3073 /* leave_crit (); */
3075 /* Start a new nested message loop to process other messages until
3076 this one is completed. */
3077 w32_msg_pump (msg_buf
);
3079 deferred_msg_head
= msg_buf
->next
;
3081 return msg_buf
->result
;
3085 complete_deferred_msg (HWND hwnd
, UINT msg
, LRESULT result
)
3087 deferred_msg
* msg_buf
= find_deferred_msg (hwnd
, msg
);
3089 if (msg_buf
== NULL
)
3090 /* Message may have been canceled, so don't abort. */
3093 msg_buf
->result
= result
;
3094 msg_buf
->completed
= 1;
3096 /* Ensure input thread is woken so it notices the completion. */
3097 PostThreadMessage (dwWindowsThreadId
, WM_NULL
, 0, 0);
3101 cancel_all_deferred_msgs (void)
3103 deferred_msg
* item
;
3105 /* Don't actually need synchronization for read access, since
3106 modification of single pointer is always atomic. */
3107 /* enter_crit (); */
3109 for (item
= deferred_msg_head
; item
!= NULL
; item
= item
->next
)
3112 item
->completed
= 1;
3115 /* leave_crit (); */
3117 /* Ensure input thread is woken so it notices the completion. */
3118 PostThreadMessage (dwWindowsThreadId
, WM_NULL
, 0, 0);
3121 DWORD WINAPI
w32_msg_worker (void *);
3124 w32_msg_worker (void *arg
)
3127 deferred_msg dummy_buf
;
3129 /* Ensure our message queue is created */
3131 PeekMessage (&msg
, NULL
, 0, 0, PM_NOREMOVE
);
3133 if (!PostThreadMessage (dwMainThreadId
, WM_EMACS_DONE
, 0, 0))
3136 memset (&dummy_buf
, 0, sizeof (dummy_buf
));
3137 dummy_buf
.w32msg
.msg
.hwnd
= NULL
;
3138 dummy_buf
.w32msg
.msg
.message
= WM_NULL
;
3140 /* This is the initial message loop which should only exit when the
3141 application quits. */
3142 w32_msg_pump (&dummy_buf
);
3148 signal_user_input (void)
3150 /* Interrupt any lisp that wants to be interrupted by input. */
3151 if (!NILP (Vthrow_on_input
))
3153 Vquit_flag
= Vthrow_on_input
;
3154 /* Doing a QUIT from this thread is a bad idea, since this
3155 unwinds the stack of the Lisp thread, and the Windows runtime
3156 rightfully barfs. Disabled. */
3158 /* If we're inside a function that wants immediate quits,
3160 if (immediate_quit
&& NILP (Vinhibit_quit
))
3171 post_character_message (HWND hwnd
, UINT msg
,
3172 WPARAM wParam
, LPARAM lParam
,
3177 wmsg
.dwModifiers
= modifiers
;
3179 /* Detect quit_char and set quit-flag directly. Note that we
3180 still need to post a message to ensure the main thread will be
3181 woken up if blocked in sys_select, but we do NOT want to post
3182 the quit_char message itself (because it will usually be as if
3183 the user had typed quit_char twice). Instead, we post a dummy
3184 message that has no particular effect. */
3187 if (isalpha (c
) && wmsg
.dwModifiers
== ctrl_modifier
)
3188 c
= make_ctrl_char (c
) & 0377;
3190 || (wmsg
.dwModifiers
== 0
3191 && w32_quit_key
&& wParam
== w32_quit_key
))
3195 /* The choice of message is somewhat arbitrary, as long as
3196 the main thread handler just ignores it. */
3199 /* Interrupt any blocking system calls. */
3202 /* As a safety precaution, forcibly complete any deferred
3203 messages. This is a kludge, but I don't see any particularly
3204 clean way to handle the situation where a deferred message is
3205 "dropped" in the lisp thread, and will thus never be
3206 completed, eg. by the user trying to activate the menubar
3207 when the lisp thread is busy, and then typing C-g when the
3208 menubar doesn't open promptly (with the result that the
3209 menubar never responds at all because the deferred
3210 WM_INITMENU message is never completed). Another problem
3211 situation is when the lisp thread calls SendMessage (to send
3212 a window manager command) when a message has been deferred;
3213 the lisp thread gets blocked indefinitely waiting for the
3214 deferred message to be completed, which itself is waiting for
3215 the lisp thread to respond.
3217 Note that we don't want to block the input thread waiting for
3218 a response from the lisp thread (although that would at least
3219 solve the deadlock problem above), because we want to be able
3220 to receive C-g to interrupt the lisp thread. */
3221 cancel_all_deferred_msgs ();
3224 signal_user_input ();
3227 my_post_msg (&wmsg
, hwnd
, msg
, wParam
, lParam
);
3231 get_wm_chars (HWND aWnd
, int *buf
, int buflen
, int ignore_ctrl
, int ctrl
,
3232 int *ctrl_cnt
, int *is_dead
, int vk
, int exp
)
3235 /* If doubled is at the end, ignore it. */
3236 int i
= buflen
, doubled
= 0, code_unit
;
3242 eassert (w32_unicode_gui
);
3244 /* Should be called only when w32_unicode_gui: */
3245 && PeekMessageW (&msg
, aWnd
, WM_KEYFIRST
, WM_KEYLAST
,
3246 PM_NOREMOVE
| PM_NOYIELD
)
3247 && (msg
.message
== WM_CHAR
|| msg
.message
== WM_SYSCHAR
3248 || msg
.message
== WM_DEADCHAR
|| msg
.message
== WM_SYSDEADCHAR
3249 || msg
.message
== WM_UNICHAR
))
3251 /* We extract character payload, but in this call we handle only the
3252 characters which come BEFORE the next keyup/keydown message. */
3255 GetMessageW (&msg
, aWnd
, msg
.message
, msg
.message
);
3256 dead
= (msg
.message
== WM_DEADCHAR
|| msg
.message
== WM_SYSDEADCHAR
);
3258 *is_dead
= (dead
? msg
.wParam
: -1);
3261 code_unit
= msg
.wParam
;
3264 /* Had surrogate. */
3265 if (msg
.message
== WM_UNICHAR
3266 || code_unit
< 0xDC00 || code_unit
> 0xDFFF)
3267 { /* Mismatched first surrogate.
3268 Pass both code units as if they were two characters. */
3271 return i
; /* Drop the 2nd char if at the end of the buffer. */
3273 else /* see https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/UTF-16 */
3274 code_unit
= (doubled
<< 10) + code_unit
- 0x35FDC00;
3277 else if (code_unit
>= 0xD800 && code_unit
<= 0xDBFF)
3279 /* Handle mismatched 2nd surrogate the same as a normal character. */
3280 doubled
= code_unit
;
3284 /* The only "fake" characters delivered by ToUnicode() or
3285 TranslateMessage() are:
3286 0x01 .. 0x1a for Ctrl-letter, Enter, Tab, Ctrl-Break, Esc, Backspace
3287 0x00 and 0x1b .. 0x1f for Control- []\@^_
3288 0x7f for Control-BackSpace
3289 0x20 for Control-Space */
3291 && (code_unit
< 0x20 || code_unit
== 0x7f
3292 || (code_unit
== 0x20 && ctrl
)))
3294 /* Non-character payload in a WM_CHAR
3295 (Ctrl-something pressed, see above). Ignore, and report. */
3300 /* Traditionally, Emacs would ignore the character payload of VK_NUMPAD*
3301 keys, and would treat them later via `function-key-map'. In addition
3302 to usual 102-key NUMPAD keys, this map also treats `kp-'-variants of
3303 space, tab, enter, separator, equal. TAB and EQUAL, apparently,
3304 cannot be generated on Win-GUI branch. ENTER is already handled
3305 by the code above. According to `lispy_function_keys', kp_space is
3306 generated by not-extended VK_CLEAR. (kp-tab != VK_OEM_NEC_EQUAL!).
3308 We do similarly for backward-compatibility, but ignore only the
3309 characters restorable later by `function-key-map'. */
3310 if (code_unit
< 0x7f
3311 && ((vk
>= VK_NUMPAD0
&& vk
<= VK_DIVIDE
)
3312 || (exp
&& ((vk
>= VK_PRIOR
&& vk
<= VK_DOWN
) ||
3313 vk
== VK_INSERT
|| vk
== VK_DELETE
|| vk
== VK_CLEAR
)))
3314 && strchr ("0123456789/*-+.,", code_unit
))
3323 # define FPRINTF_WM_CHARS(ARG) fprintf ARG
3325 # define FPRINTF_WM_CHARS(ARG) (void)0
3328 /* This is a heuristic only. This is supposed to track the state of the
3329 finite automaton in the language environment of Windows.
3331 However, separate windows (if with the same different language
3332 environments!) should have different values. Moreover, switching to a
3333 non-Emacs window with the same language environment, and using (dead)keys
3334 there would change the value stored in the kernel, but not this value. */
3335 /* A layout may emit deadkey=0. It looks like this would reset the state
3336 of the kernel's finite automaton (equivalent to emiting 0-length string,
3337 which is otherwise impossible in the dead-key map of a layout).
3338 Be ready to treat the case when this delivers WM_(SYS)DEADCHAR. */
3339 static int after_deadkey
= -1;
3342 deliver_wm_chars (int do_translate
, HWND hwnd
, UINT msg
, UINT wParam
,
3343 UINT lParam
, int legacy_alt_meta
)
3345 /* An "old style" keyboard description may assign up to 125 UTF-16 code
3346 points to a keypress.
3347 (However, the "old style" TranslateMessage() would deliver at most 16 of
3348 them.) Be on a safe side, and prepare to treat many more. */
3349 int ctrl_cnt
, buf
[1024], count
, is_dead
, after_dead
= (after_deadkey
> 0);
3351 /* Since the keypress processing logic of Windows has a lot of state, it
3352 is important to call TranslateMessage() for every keyup/keydown, AND
3353 do it exactly once. (The actual change of state is done by
3354 ToUnicode[Ex](), which is called by TranslateMessage(). So one can
3355 call ToUnicode[Ex]() instead.)
3357 The "usual" message pump calls TranslateMessage() for EVERY event.
3358 Emacs calls TranslateMessage() very selectively (is it needed for doing
3359 some tricky stuff with Win95??? With newer Windows, selectiveness is,
3360 most probably, not needed -- and harms a lot).
3362 So, with the usual message pump, the following call to TranslateMessage()
3363 is not needed (and is going to be VERY harmful). With Emacs' message
3364 pump, the call is needed. */
3367 MSG windows_msg
= { hwnd
, msg
, wParam
, lParam
, 0, {0,0} };
3369 windows_msg
.time
= GetMessageTime ();
3370 TranslateMessage (&windows_msg
);
3372 count
= get_wm_chars (hwnd
, buf
, sizeof (buf
)/sizeof (*buf
), 1,
3373 /* The message may have been synthesized by
3374 who knows what; be conservative. */
3375 modifier_set (VK_LCONTROL
)
3376 || modifier_set (VK_RCONTROL
)
3377 || modifier_set (VK_CONTROL
),
3378 &ctrl_cnt
, &is_dead
, wParam
,
3379 (lParam
& 0x1000000L
) != 0);
3383 DWORD console_modifiers
= construct_console_modifiers ();
3384 int *b
= buf
, strip_ExtraMods
= 1, hairy
= 0;
3385 char *type_CtrlAlt
= NULL
;
3387 /* XXXX In fact, there may be another case when we need to do the same:
3388 What happens if the string defined in the LIGATURES has length
3389 0? Probably, we will get count==0, but the state of the finite
3390 automaton would reset to 0??? */
3393 /* wParam is checked when converting CapsLock to Shift; this is a clone
3394 of w32_get_key_modifiers (). */
3395 wmsg
.dwModifiers
= w32_kbd_mods_to_emacs (console_modifiers
, wParam
);
3397 /* What follows is just heuristics; the correct treatement requires
3398 non-destructive ToUnicode():
3399 http://search.cpan.org/~ilyaz/UI-KeyboardLayout/lib/UI/KeyboardLayout.pm#Can_an_application_on_Windows_accept_keyboard_events?_Part_IV:_application-specific_modifiers
3401 What one needs to find is:
3402 * which of the present modifiers AFFECT the resulting char(s)
3403 (so should be stripped, since their EFFECT is "already
3404 taken into account" in the string in buf), and
3405 * which modifiers are not affecting buf, so should be reported to
3406 the application for further treatment.
3408 Example: assume that we know:
3409 (A) lCtrl+rCtrl+rAlt modifiers with VK_A key produce a Latin "f"
3410 ("may be logical" in JCUKEN-flavored Russian keyboard flavors);
3411 (B) removing any of lCtrl, rCtrl, rAlt changes the produced char;
3412 (C) Win-modifier is not affecting the produced character
3413 (this is the common case: happens with all "standard" layouts).
3415 Suppose the user presses Win+lCtrl+rCtrl+rAlt modifiers with VK_A.
3416 What is the intent of the user? We need to guess the intent to decide
3417 which event to deliver to the application.
3419 This looks like a reasonable logic: since Win- modifier doesn't affect
3420 the output string, the user was pressing Win for SOME OTHER purpose.
3421 So the user wanted to generate Win-SOMETHING event. Now, what is
3422 something? If one takes the mantra that "character payload is more
3423 important than the combination of keypresses which resulted in this
3424 payload", then one should ignore lCtrl+rCtrl+rAlt, ignore VK_A, and
3425 assume that the user wanted to generate Win-f.
3427 Unfortunately, without non-destructive ToUnicode(), checking (B),(C)
3428 is out of question. So we use heuristics (hopefully, covering
3429 99.9999% of cases). */
3431 /* Another thing to watch for is a possibility to use AltGr-* and
3432 Ctrl-Alt-* with different semantic.
3434 Background: the layout defining the KLLF_ALTGR bit are treated
3435 specially by the kernel: when VK_RMENU (=rightAlt, =AltGr) is pressed
3436 (released), a press (release) of VK_LCONTROL is emulated (unless Ctrl
3437 is already down). As a result, any press/release of AltGr is seen
3438 by applications as a press/release of lCtrl AND rAlt. This is
3439 applicable, in particular, to ToUnicode[Ex](). (Keyrepeat is covered
3442 NOTE: it IS possible to see bare rAlt even with KLLF_ALTGR; but this
3443 requires a good finger coordination: doing (physically)
3444 Down-lCtrl Down-rAlt Up-lCtrl Down-a
3445 (doing quick enough, so that key repeat of rAlt [which would
3446 generate new "fake" Down-lCtrl events] does not happens before 'a'
3447 is down) results in no "fake" events, so the application will see
3448 only rAlt down when 'a' is pressed. (However, fake Up-lCtrl WILL
3449 be generated when rAlt goes UP.)
3451 In fact, note also that KLLF_ALTGR does not prohibit construction of
3452 rCtrl-rAlt (just press them in this order!).
3454 Moreover: "traditional" layouts do not define distinct modifier-masks
3455 for VK_LMENU and VK_RMENU (same for VK_L/RCONTROL). Instead, they
3456 rely on the KLLF_ALTGR bit to make the behavior of VK_LMENU and
3457 VK_RMENU distinct. As a corollary, for such layouts, the produced
3458 character is the same for AltGr-* (=rAlt-*) and Ctrl-Alt-* (in any
3459 combination of handedness). For description of masks, see
3461 http://search.cpan.org/~ilyaz/UI-KeyboardLayout/lib/UI/KeyboardLayout.pm#Keyboard_input_on_Windows,_Part_I:_what_is_the_kernel_doing?
3463 By default, Emacs was using these coincidences via the following
3464 heuristics: it was treating:
3465 (*) keypresses with lCtrl-rAlt modifiers as if they are carrying
3466 ONLY the character payload (no matter what the actual keyboard
3467 was defining: if lCtrl-lAlt-b was delivering U+05df=beta, then
3468 Emacs saw [beta]; if lCtrl-lAlt-b was undefined in the layout,
3469 the keypress was completely ignored), and
3470 (*) keypresses with the other combinations of handedness of Ctrl-Alt
3471 modifiers (e.g., lCtrl-lAlt) as if they NEVER carry a character
3472 payload (so they were reported "raw": if lCtrl-lAlt-b was
3473 delivering beta, then Emacs saw event [C-A-b], and not [beta]).
3474 This worked good for "traditional" layouts: users could type both
3475 AltGr-x and Ctrl-Alt-x, and one was a character, another a bindable
3478 However, for layouts which deliver different characters for AltGr-x
3479 and lCtrl-lAlt-x, this scheme makes the latter character unaccessible
3480 in Emacs. While it is easy to access functionality of [C-M-x] in
3481 Emacs by other means (for example, by the `controlify' prefix, or
3482 using lCtrl-rCtrl-x, or rCtrl-rAlt-x [in this order]), missing
3483 characters cannot be reconstructed without a tedious manual work. */
3485 /* These two cases are often going to be distinguishable, since at most
3486 one of these character is defined with KBDCTRL | KBDMENU modifier
3487 bitmap. (This heuristic breaks if both lCtrl-lAlt- AND lCtrl-rAlt-
3488 are translated to modifier bitmaps distinct from KBDCTRL | KBDMENU,
3489 or in the cases when lCtrl-lAlt-* and lCtrl-rAlt-* are generally
3490 different, but lCtrl-lAlt-x and lCtrl-rAlt-x happen to deliver the
3493 So we have 2 chunks of info:
3494 (A) is it lCtrl-rAlt-, or lCtrl-lAlt, or some other combination?
3495 (B) is the delivered character defined with KBDCTRL | KBDMENU bits?
3496 Basing on (A) and (B), we should decide whether to ignore the
3497 delivered character. (Before, Emacs was completely ignoring (B), and
3498 was treating the 3-state of (A) as a bit.) This means that we have 6
3499 bits of customization.
3501 Additionally, a presence of two Ctrl down may be AltGr-rCtrl-. */
3503 /* Strip all non-Shift modifiers if:
3504 - more than one UTF-16 code point delivered (can't call VkKeyScanW ())
3505 - or the character is a result of combining with a prefix key. */
3506 if (!after_dead
&& count
== 1 && *b
< 0x10000)
3508 if (console_modifiers
& (RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED
| LEFT_ALT_PRESSED
)
3509 && console_modifiers
& (RIGHT_CTRL_PRESSED
| LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED
))
3511 type_CtrlAlt
= "bB"; /* generic bindable Ctrl-Alt- modifiers */
3512 if ((console_modifiers
& (LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED
| RIGHT_CTRL_PRESSED
))
3513 == (LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED
| RIGHT_CTRL_PRESSED
))
3515 e.g. AltGr-rCtrl on some layouts (in this order!) */
3516 type_CtrlAlt
= "dD";
3517 else if ((console_modifiers
3518 & (LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED
| LEFT_ALT_PRESSED
))
3519 == (LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED
| LEFT_ALT_PRESSED
))
3520 type_CtrlAlt
= "lL"; /* Ctrl-Alt- modifiers on the left */
3521 else if (!NILP (Vw32_recognize_altgr
)
3522 && ((console_modifiers
3523 & (RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED
| LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED
)))
3524 == (RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED
| LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED
))
3525 type_CtrlAlt
= "gG"; /* modifiers as in AltGr */
3527 else if (wmsg
.dwModifiers
& (alt_modifier
| meta_modifier
)
3528 || ((console_modifiers
3529 & (LEFT_WIN_PRESSED
| RIGHT_WIN_PRESSED
3530 | APPS_PRESSED
| SCROLLLOCK_ON
))))
3532 /* Pure Alt (or combination of Alt, Win, APPS, scrolllock. */
3533 type_CtrlAlt
= "aA";
3537 /* Out of bound bitmap: */
3538 SHORT r
= VkKeyScanW (*b
), bitmap
= 0x1FF;
3540 FPRINTF_WM_CHARS((stderr
, "VkKeyScanW %#06x %#04x\n", (int)r
,
3542 if ((r
& 0xFF) == wParam
)
3543 bitmap
= r
>>8; /* *b is reachable via simple interface */
3546 /* VkKeyScanW() (essentially) returns the FIRST key with
3547 the specified character; so here the pressed key is the
3548 SECONDARY key producing the character.
3550 Essentially, we have no information about the "role" of
3551 modifiers on this key: which contribute into the
3552 produced character (so "are consumed"), and which are
3553 "extra" (must attache to bindable events).
3555 The default above would consume ALL modifiers, so the
3556 character is reported "as is". However, on many layouts
3557 the ordering of the keys (in the layout table) is not
3558 thought out well, so the "secondary" keys are often those
3559 which the users would prefer to use with Alt-CHAR.
3560 (Moreover - with e.g. Czech-QWERTY - the ASCII
3561 punctuation is accessible from two equally [nu]preferable
3564 SO: Heuristic: if the reported char is ASCII, AND Meta
3565 modifier is a candidate, behave as if Meta is present
3566 (fallback to the legacy branch; bug#23251).
3568 (This would break layouts
3569 - delivering ASCII characters
3571 - with not Shift/AltGr-like modifier combinations.
3572 All 3 conditions together must be pretty exotic
3573 cases - and a workaround exists: use "primary" keys!) */
3575 && (wmsg
.dwModifiers
3576 & (alt_modifier
| meta_modifier
3577 | super_modifier
| hyper_modifier
)))
3580 if (*type_CtrlAlt
== 'a') /* Simple Alt seen */
3582 if ((bitmap
& ~1) == 0) /* 1: KBDSHIFT */
3584 /* In "traditional" layouts, Alt without Ctrl does not
3585 change the delivered character. This detects this
3586 situation; it is safe to report this as Alt-something
3587 -- as opposed to delivering the reported character
3588 without modifiers. */
3590 && *b
> 0x7f && ('A' <= wParam
&& wParam
<= 'Z'))
3591 /* For backward-compatibility with older Emacsen, let
3592 this be processed by another branch below (which
3593 would convert it to Alt-Latin char via wParam). */
3599 /* Check whether the delivered character(s) is accessible via
3600 KBDCTRL | KBDALT ( | KBDSHIFT ) modifier mask (which is 7). */
3601 else if ((bitmap
& ~1) != 6)
3603 /* The character is not accessible via plain Ctrl-Alt(-Shift)
3604 (which is, probably, same as AltGr) modifiers.
3605 Either it was after a prefix key, or is combined with
3606 modifier keys which we don't see, or there is an asymmetry
3607 between left-hand and right-hand modifiers, or other hairy
3611 /* The best solution is to delegate these tough (but rarely
3612 needed) choices to the user. Temporarily (???), it is
3613 implemented as C macros.
3615 Essentially, there are 3 things to do: return 0 (handle to the
3616 legacy processing code [ignoring the character payload]; keep
3617 some modifiers (so that they will be processed by the binding
3618 system [on top of the character payload]; strip modifiers [so
3619 that `self-insert' is going to be triggered with the character
3622 The default below should cover 99.9999% of cases:
3623 (a) strip Alt- in the hairy case only;
3624 (stripping = not ignoring)
3625 (l) for lAlt-lCtrl, ignore the char in simple cases only;
3626 (g) for what looks like AltGr, ignore the modifiers;
3627 (d) for what looks like lCtrl-rCtrl-Alt (probably
3628 AltGr-rCtrl), ignore the character in simple cases only;
3629 (b) for other cases of Ctrl-Alt, ignore the character in
3632 Essentially, in all hairy cases, and in looks-like-AltGr case,
3633 we keep the character, ignoring the modifiers. In all the
3634 other cases, we ignore the delivered character. */
3635 #define S_TYPES_TO_IGNORE_CHARACTER_PAYLOAD "aldb"
3636 #define S_TYPES_TO_REPORT_CHARACTER_PAYLOAD_WITH_MODIFIERS ""
3637 if (strchr (S_TYPES_TO_IGNORE_CHARACTER_PAYLOAD
,
3638 type_CtrlAlt
[hairy
]))
3640 /* If in neither list, report all the modifiers we see COMBINED
3641 WITH the reported character. */
3642 if (strchr (S_TYPES_TO_REPORT_CHARACTER_PAYLOAD_WITH_MODIFIERS
,
3643 type_CtrlAlt
[hairy
]))
3644 strip_ExtraMods
= 0;
3647 if (strip_ExtraMods
)
3648 wmsg
.dwModifiers
= wmsg
.dwModifiers
& shift_modifier
;
3650 signal_user_input ();
3653 FPRINTF_WM_CHARS((stderr
, "unichar %#06x\n", *b
));
3654 my_post_msg (&wmsg
, hwnd
, WM_UNICHAR
, *b
++, lParam
);
3656 if (!ctrl_cnt
) /* Process ALSO as ctrl */
3659 FPRINTF_WM_CHARS((stderr
, "extra ctrl char\n"));
3662 else if (is_dead
>= 0)
3664 FPRINTF_WM_CHARS((stderr
, "dead %#06x\n", is_dead
));
3665 after_deadkey
= is_dead
;
3671 /* Main window procedure */
3673 static LRESULT CALLBACK
3674 w32_wnd_proc (HWND hwnd
, UINT msg
, WPARAM wParam
, LPARAM lParam
)
3677 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= &one_w32_display_info
;
3679 int windows_translate
;
3682 /* Note that it is okay to call x_window_to_frame, even though we are
3683 not running in the main lisp thread, because frame deletion
3684 requires the lisp thread to synchronize with this thread. Thus, if
3685 a frame struct is returned, it can be used without concern that the
3686 lisp thread might make it disappear while we are using it.
3688 NB. Walking the frame list in this thread is safe (as long as
3689 writes of Lisp_Object slots are atomic, which they are on Windows).
3690 Although delete-frame can destructively modify the frame list while
3691 we are walking it, a garbage collection cannot occur until after
3692 delete-frame has synchronized with this thread.
3694 It is also safe to use functions that make GDI calls, such as
3695 w32_clear_rect, because these functions must obtain a DC handle
3696 from the frame struct using get_frame_dc which is thread-aware. */
3701 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, hwnd
);
3704 HDC hdc
= get_frame_dc (f
);
3705 GetUpdateRect (hwnd
, &wmsg
.rect
, FALSE
);
3706 w32_clear_rect (f
, hdc
, &wmsg
.rect
);
3707 release_frame_dc (f
, hdc
);
3709 #if defined (W32_DEBUG_DISPLAY)
3710 DebPrint (("WM_ERASEBKGND (frame %p): erasing %d,%d-%d,%d\n",
3712 wmsg
.rect
.left
, wmsg
.rect
.top
,
3713 wmsg
.rect
.right
, wmsg
.rect
.bottom
));
3714 #endif /* W32_DEBUG_DISPLAY */
3717 case WM_PALETTECHANGED
:
3718 /* ignore our own changes */
3719 if ((HWND
)wParam
!= hwnd
)
3721 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, hwnd
);
3723 /* get_frame_dc will realize our palette and force all
3724 frames to be redrawn if needed. */
3725 release_frame_dc (f
, get_frame_dc (f
));
3730 PAINTSTRUCT paintStruct
;
3732 memset (&update_rect
, 0, sizeof (update_rect
));
3734 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, hwnd
);
3737 DebPrint (("WM_PAINT received for unknown window %p\n", hwnd
));
3741 /* MSDN Docs say not to call BeginPaint if GetUpdateRect
3742 fails. Apparently this can happen under some
3744 if (GetUpdateRect (hwnd
, &update_rect
, FALSE
) || !w32_strict_painting
)
3747 BeginPaint (hwnd
, &paintStruct
);
3749 /* The rectangles returned by GetUpdateRect and BeginPaint
3750 do not always match. Play it safe by assuming both areas
3752 UnionRect (&(wmsg
.rect
), &update_rect
, &(paintStruct
.rcPaint
));
3754 #if defined (W32_DEBUG_DISPLAY)
3755 DebPrint (("WM_PAINT (frame %p): painting %d,%d-%d,%d\n",
3757 wmsg
.rect
.left
, wmsg
.rect
.top
,
3758 wmsg
.rect
.right
, wmsg
.rect
.bottom
));
3759 DebPrint ((" [update region is %d,%d-%d,%d]\n",
3760 update_rect
.left
, update_rect
.top
,
3761 update_rect
.right
, update_rect
.bottom
));
3763 EndPaint (hwnd
, &paintStruct
);
3766 /* Change the message type to prevent Windows from
3767 combining WM_PAINT messages in the Lisp thread's queue,
3768 since Windows assumes that each message queue is
3769 dedicated to one frame and does not bother checking
3770 that hwnd matches before combining them. */
3771 my_post_msg (&wmsg
, hwnd
, WM_EMACS_PAINT
, wParam
, lParam
);
3776 /* If GetUpdateRect returns 0 (meaning there is no update
3777 region), assume the whole window needs to be repainted. */
3778 GetClientRect (hwnd
, &wmsg
.rect
);
3779 my_post_msg (&wmsg
, hwnd
, msg
, wParam
, lParam
);
3783 case WM_INPUTLANGCHANGE
:
3784 /* Inform lisp thread of keyboard layout changes. */
3785 my_post_msg (&wmsg
, hwnd
, msg
, wParam
, lParam
);
3787 /* The state of the finite automaton is separate per every input
3788 language environment (so it does not change when one switches
3789 to a different window with the same environment). Moreover,
3790 the experiments show that the state is not remembered when
3791 one switches back to the pre-previous environment. */
3794 /* XXXX??? What follows is a COMPLETE misunderstanding of Windows! */
3796 /* Clear dead keys in the keyboard state; for simplicity only
3797 preserve modifier key states. */
3802 GetKeyboardState (keystate
);
3803 for (i
= 0; i
< 256; i
++)
3820 SetKeyboardState (keystate
);
3825 /* Synchronize hot keys with normal input. */
3826 PostMessage (hwnd
, WM_KEYDOWN
, HIWORD (lParam
), 0);
3831 record_keyup (wParam
, lParam
);
3836 /* Ignore keystrokes we fake ourself; see below. */
3837 if (dpyinfo
->faked_key
== wParam
)
3839 dpyinfo
->faked_key
= 0;
3840 /* Make sure TranslateMessage sees them though (as long as
3841 they don't produce WM_CHAR messages). This ensures that
3842 indicator lights are toggled promptly on Windows 9x, for
3844 if (wParam
< 256 && lispy_function_keys
[wParam
])
3846 windows_translate
= 1;
3852 /* Synchronize modifiers with current keystroke. */
3854 record_keydown (wParam
, lParam
);
3855 if (w32_use_fallback_wm_chars_method
)
3856 wParam
= map_keypad_keys (wParam
, (lParam
& 0x1000000L
) != 0);
3858 windows_translate
= 0;
3863 if (!w32_kbdhook_active
&& NILP (Vw32_pass_lwindow_to_system
))
3865 /* Prevent system from acting on keyup (which opens the
3866 Start menu if no other key was pressed) by simulating a
3867 press of Space which we will ignore. */
3868 if (GetAsyncKeyState (wParam
) & 1)
3870 if (NUMBERP (Vw32_phantom_key_code
))
3871 key
= XUINT (Vw32_phantom_key_code
) & 255;
3874 dpyinfo
->faked_key
= key
;
3875 keybd_event (key
, (BYTE
) MapVirtualKey (key
, 0), 0, 0);
3878 if (!NILP (Vw32_lwindow_modifier
))
3882 if (!w32_kbdhook_active
&& NILP (Vw32_pass_rwindow_to_system
))
3884 if (GetAsyncKeyState (wParam
) & 1)
3886 if (NUMBERP (Vw32_phantom_key_code
))
3887 key
= XUINT (Vw32_phantom_key_code
) & 255;
3890 dpyinfo
->faked_key
= key
;
3891 keybd_event (key
, (BYTE
) MapVirtualKey (key
, 0), 0, 0);
3894 if (!NILP (Vw32_rwindow_modifier
))
3898 if (!NILP (Vw32_apps_modifier
))
3902 if (NILP (Vw32_pass_alt_to_system
))
3903 /* Prevent DefWindowProc from activating the menu bar if an
3904 Alt key is pressed and released by itself. */
3906 windows_translate
= 1;
3909 /* Decide whether to treat as modifier or function key. */
3910 if (NILP (Vw32_enable_caps_lock
))
3911 goto disable_lock_key
;
3912 windows_translate
= 1;
3915 /* Decide whether to treat as modifier or function key. */
3916 if (NILP (Vw32_enable_num_lock
))
3917 goto disable_lock_key
;
3918 windows_translate
= 1;
3921 /* Decide whether to treat as modifier or function key. */
3922 if (NILP (Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier
))
3923 goto disable_lock_key
;
3924 windows_translate
= 1;
3927 /* Ensure the appropriate lock key state (and indicator light)
3928 remains in the same state. We do this by faking another
3929 press of the relevant key. Apparently, this really is the
3930 only way to toggle the state of the indicator lights. */
3931 dpyinfo
->faked_key
= wParam
;
3932 keybd_event ((BYTE
) wParam
, (BYTE
) MapVirtualKey (wParam
, 0),
3933 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY
| KEYEVENTF_KEYUP
, 0);
3934 keybd_event ((BYTE
) wParam
, (BYTE
) MapVirtualKey (wParam
, 0),
3935 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY
| 0, 0);
3936 keybd_event ((BYTE
) wParam
, (BYTE
) MapVirtualKey (wParam
, 0),
3937 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY
| KEYEVENTF_KEYUP
, 0);
3938 /* Ensure indicator lights are updated promptly on Windows 9x
3939 (TranslateMessage apparently does this), after forwarding
3941 post_character_message (hwnd
, msg
, wParam
, lParam
,
3942 w32_get_key_modifiers (wParam
, lParam
));
3943 windows_translate
= 1;
3947 case VK_PROCESSKEY
: /* Generated by IME. */
3948 windows_translate
= 1;
3951 /* Windows maps Ctrl-Pause (aka Ctrl-Break) into VK_CANCEL,
3952 which is confusing for purposes of key binding; convert
3953 VK_CANCEL events into VK_PAUSE events. */
3957 /* Windows maps Ctrl-NumLock into VK_PAUSE, which is confusing
3958 for purposes of key binding; convert these back into
3959 VK_NUMLOCK events, at least when we want to see NumLock key
3960 presses. (Note that there is never any possibility that
3961 VK_PAUSE with Ctrl really is C-Pause as per above.) */
3962 if (NILP (Vw32_enable_num_lock
) && modifier_set (VK_CONTROL
))
3963 wParam
= VK_NUMLOCK
;
3966 if (w32_unicode_gui
&& !w32_use_fallback_wm_chars_method
)
3968 /* If this event generates characters or deadkeys, do
3969 not interpret it as a "raw combination of modifiers
3970 and keysym". Hide deadkeys, and use the generated
3971 character(s) instead of the keysym. (Backward
3972 compatibility: exceptions for numpad keys generating
3973 0-9 . , / * - +, and for extra-Alt combined with a
3976 Try to not report modifiers which have effect on
3977 which character or deadkey is generated.
3979 Example (contrived): if rightAlt-? generates f (on a
3980 Cyrillic keyboard layout), and Ctrl, leftAlt do not
3981 affect the generated character, one wants to report
3982 Ctrl-leftAlt-f if the user presses
3983 Ctrl-leftAlt-rightAlt-?. */
3986 /* Some of WM_CHAR may be fed to us directly, some are
3987 results of TranslateMessage(). Using 0 as the first
3988 argument (in a separate call) might help us
3989 distinguish these two cases.
3991 However, the keypress feeders would most probably
3992 expect the "standard" message pump, when
3993 TranslateMessage() is called on EVERY KeyDown/KeyUp
3994 event. So they may feed us Down-Ctrl Down-FAKE
3995 Char-o and expect us to recognize it as Ctrl-o.
3996 Using 0 as the first argument would interfere with
3998 deliver_wm_chars (0, hwnd
, msg
, wParam
, lParam
, 1);
4000 /* Processing the generated WM_CHAR messages *WHILE* we
4001 handle KEYDOWN/UP event is the best choice, since
4002 without any fuss, we know all 3 of: scancode, virtual
4003 keycode, and expansion. (Additionally, one knows
4004 boundaries of expansion of different keypresses.) */
4005 res
= deliver_wm_chars (1, hwnd
, msg
, wParam
, lParam
, 1);
4006 windows_translate
= -(res
!= 0);
4007 if (res
> 0) /* Bound to character(s) or a deadkey */
4009 /* deliver_wm_chars may make some branches after this vestigal. */
4011 wParam
= map_keypad_keys (wParam
, (lParam
& 0x1000000L
) != 0);
4012 /* If not defined as a function key, change it to a WM_CHAR message. */
4013 if (wParam
> 255 || !lispy_function_keys
[wParam
])
4015 DWORD modifiers
= construct_console_modifiers ();
4017 if (!NILP (Vw32_recognize_altgr
)
4018 && modifier_set (VK_LCONTROL
) && modifier_set (VK_RMENU
))
4020 /* Always let TranslateMessage handle AltGr key chords;
4021 for some reason, ToAscii doesn't always process AltGr
4022 chords correctly. */
4023 windows_translate
= 1;
4025 else if ((modifiers
& (~SHIFT_PRESSED
& ~CAPSLOCK_ON
)) != 0)
4027 /* Handle key chords including any modifiers other
4028 than shift directly, in order to preserve as much
4029 modifier information as possible. */
4030 if ('A' <= wParam
&& wParam
<= 'Z')
4032 /* Don't translate modified alphabetic keystrokes,
4033 so the user doesn't need to constantly switch
4034 layout to type control or meta keystrokes when
4035 the normal layout translates alphabetic
4036 characters to non-ascii characters. */
4037 if (!modifier_set (VK_SHIFT
))
4038 wParam
+= ('a' - 'A');
4043 /* Try to handle other keystrokes by determining the
4044 base character (ie. translating the base key plus
4047 KEY_EVENT_RECORD key
;
4049 key
.bKeyDown
= TRUE
;
4050 key
.wRepeatCount
= 1;
4051 key
.wVirtualKeyCode
= wParam
;
4052 key
.wVirtualScanCode
= (lParam
& 0xFF0000) >> 16;
4053 key
.uChar
.AsciiChar
= 0;
4054 key
.dwControlKeyState
= modifiers
;
4056 add
= w32_kbd_patch_key (&key
, w32_keyboard_codepage
);
4057 /* 0 means an unrecognized keycode, negative means
4058 dead key. Ignore both. */
4061 /* Forward asciified character sequence. */
4062 post_character_message
4064 (unsigned char) key
.uChar
.AsciiChar
, lParam
,
4065 w32_get_key_modifiers (wParam
, lParam
));
4066 w32_kbd_patch_key (&key
, w32_keyboard_codepage
);
4073 /* Let TranslateMessage handle everything else. */
4074 windows_translate
= 1;
4079 if (windows_translate
== -1)
4082 if (windows_translate
)
4084 MSG windows_msg
= { hwnd
, msg
, wParam
, lParam
, 0, {0,0} };
4085 windows_msg
.time
= GetMessageTime ();
4086 TranslateMessage (&windows_msg
);
4098 wmsg
.dwModifiers
= w32_get_key_modifiers (wParam
, lParam
);
4099 signal_user_input ();
4100 my_post_msg (&wmsg
, hwnd
, WM_UNICHAR
, wParam
, lParam
);
4104 post_character_message (hwnd
, msg
, wParam
, lParam
,
4105 w32_get_key_modifiers (wParam
, lParam
));
4109 /* WM_UNICHAR looks promising from the docs, but the exact
4110 circumstances in which TranslateMessage sends it is one of those
4111 Microsoft secret API things that EU and US courts are supposed
4112 to have put a stop to already. Spy++ shows it being sent to Notepad
4113 and other MS apps, but never to Emacs.
4115 Some third party IMEs send it in accordance with the official
4116 documentation though, so handle it here.
4118 UNICODE_NOCHAR is used to test for support for this message.
4119 TRUE indicates that the message is supported. */
4120 if (wParam
== UNICODE_NOCHAR
)
4125 wmsg
.dwModifiers
= w32_get_key_modifiers (wParam
, lParam
);
4126 signal_user_input ();
4127 my_post_msg (&wmsg
, hwnd
, msg
, wParam
, lParam
);
4132 /* If we can't get the IME result as Unicode, use default processing,
4133 which will at least allow characters decodable in the system locale
4135 if (!get_composition_string_fn
)
4138 else if (!ignore_ime_char
)
4143 HIMC context
= get_ime_context_fn (hwnd
);
4144 wmsg
.dwModifiers
= w32_get_key_modifiers (wParam
, lParam
);
4145 /* Get buffer size. */
4146 size
= get_composition_string_fn (context
, GCS_RESULTSTR
, NULL
, 0);
4147 buffer
= alloca (size
);
4148 size
= get_composition_string_fn (context
, GCS_RESULTSTR
,
4150 release_ime_context_fn (hwnd
, context
);
4152 signal_user_input ();
4153 for (i
= 0; i
< size
/ sizeof (wchar_t); i
++)
4155 my_post_msg (&wmsg
, hwnd
, WM_UNICHAR
, (WPARAM
) buffer
[i
],
4158 /* Ignore the messages for the rest of the
4159 characters in the string that was output above. */
4160 ignore_ime_char
= (size
/ sizeof (wchar_t)) - 1;
4167 case WM_IME_STARTCOMPOSITION
:
4168 if (!set_ime_composition_window_fn
)
4172 COMPOSITIONFORM form
;
4176 /* Implementation note: The code below does something that
4177 one shouldn't do: it accesses the window object from a
4178 separate thread, while the main (a.k.a. "Lisp") thread
4179 runs and can legitimately delete and even GC it. That is
4180 why we are extra careful not to futz with a window that
4181 is different from the one recorded when the system caret
4182 coordinates were last modified. That is also why we are
4183 careful not to move the IME window if the window
4184 described by W was deleted, as indicated by its buffer
4185 field being reset to nil. */
4186 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, hwnd
);
4187 if (!(f
&& FRAME_LIVE_P (f
)))
4189 w
= XWINDOW (FRAME_SELECTED_WINDOW (f
));
4190 /* Punt if someone changed the frame's selected window
4192 if (w
!= w32_system_caret_window
)
4195 form
.dwStyle
= CFS_RECT
;
4196 form
.ptCurrentPos
.x
= w32_system_caret_x
;
4197 form
.ptCurrentPos
.y
= w32_system_caret_y
;
4199 form
.rcArea
.left
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, 0);
4200 form
.rcArea
.top
= (WINDOW_TOP_EDGE_Y (w
)
4201 + w32_system_caret_hdr_height
);
4202 form
.rcArea
.right
= (WINDOW_BOX_RIGHT_EDGE_X (w
)
4203 - WINDOW_RIGHT_MARGIN_WIDTH (w
)
4204 - WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
));
4205 form
.rcArea
.bottom
= (WINDOW_BOTTOM_EDGE_Y (w
)
4206 - WINDOW_BOTTOM_DIVIDER_WIDTH (w
)
4207 - w32_system_caret_mode_height
);
4209 /* Punt if the window was deleted behind our back. */
4210 if (!BUFFERP (w
->contents
))
4213 context
= get_ime_context_fn (hwnd
);
4218 set_ime_composition_window_fn (context
, &form
);
4219 release_ime_context_fn (hwnd
, context
);
4221 /* We should "goto dflt" here to pass WM_IME_STARTCOMPOSITION to
4222 DefWindowProc, so that the composition window will actually
4223 be displayed. But doing so causes trouble with displaying
4224 dialog boxes, such as the file selection dialog or font
4225 selection dialog. So something else is needed to fix the
4226 former without breaking the latter. See bug#11732. */
4229 case WM_IME_ENDCOMPOSITION
:
4230 ignore_ime_char
= 0;
4233 /* Simulate middle mouse button events when left and right buttons
4234 are used together, but only if user has two button mouse. */
4235 case WM_LBUTTONDOWN
:
4236 case WM_RBUTTONDOWN
:
4237 if (w32_num_mouse_buttons
> 2)
4238 goto handle_plain_button
;
4241 int this = (msg
== WM_LBUTTONDOWN
) ? LMOUSE
: RMOUSE
;
4242 int other
= (msg
== WM_LBUTTONDOWN
) ? RMOUSE
: LMOUSE
;
4244 if (button_state
& this)
4247 if (button_state
== 0)
4250 button_state
|= this;
4252 if (button_state
& other
)
4254 if (mouse_button_timer
)
4256 KillTimer (hwnd
, mouse_button_timer
);
4257 mouse_button_timer
= 0;
4259 /* Generate middle mouse event instead. */
4260 msg
= WM_MBUTTONDOWN
;
4261 button_state
|= MMOUSE
;
4263 else if (button_state
& MMOUSE
)
4265 /* Ignore button event if we've already generated a
4266 middle mouse down event. This happens if the
4267 user releases and press one of the two buttons
4268 after we've faked a middle mouse event. */
4273 /* Flush out saved message. */
4274 post_msg (&saved_mouse_button_msg
);
4276 wmsg
.dwModifiers
= w32_get_modifiers ();
4277 my_post_msg (&wmsg
, hwnd
, msg
, wParam
, lParam
);
4278 signal_user_input ();
4280 /* Clear message buffer. */
4281 saved_mouse_button_msg
.msg
.hwnd
= 0;
4285 /* Hold onto message for now. */
4286 mouse_button_timer
=
4287 SetTimer (hwnd
, MOUSE_BUTTON_ID
,
4288 w32_mouse_button_tolerance
, NULL
);
4289 saved_mouse_button_msg
.msg
.hwnd
= hwnd
;
4290 saved_mouse_button_msg
.msg
.message
= msg
;
4291 saved_mouse_button_msg
.msg
.wParam
= wParam
;
4292 saved_mouse_button_msg
.msg
.lParam
= lParam
;
4293 saved_mouse_button_msg
.msg
.time
= GetMessageTime ();
4294 saved_mouse_button_msg
.dwModifiers
= w32_get_modifiers ();
4301 if (w32_num_mouse_buttons
> 2)
4302 goto handle_plain_button
;
4305 int this = (msg
== WM_LBUTTONUP
) ? LMOUSE
: RMOUSE
;
4306 int other
= (msg
== WM_LBUTTONUP
) ? RMOUSE
: LMOUSE
;
4308 if ((button_state
& this) == 0)
4311 button_state
&= ~this;
4313 if (button_state
& MMOUSE
)
4315 /* Only generate event when second button is released. */
4316 if ((button_state
& other
) == 0)
4319 button_state
&= ~MMOUSE
;
4321 if (button_state
) emacs_abort ();
4328 /* Flush out saved message if necessary. */
4329 if (saved_mouse_button_msg
.msg
.hwnd
)
4331 post_msg (&saved_mouse_button_msg
);
4334 wmsg
.dwModifiers
= w32_get_modifiers ();
4335 my_post_msg (&wmsg
, hwnd
, msg
, wParam
, lParam
);
4336 signal_user_input ();
4338 /* Always clear message buffer and cancel timer. */
4339 saved_mouse_button_msg
.msg
.hwnd
= 0;
4340 KillTimer (hwnd
, mouse_button_timer
);
4341 mouse_button_timer
= 0;
4343 if (button_state
== 0)
4348 case WM_XBUTTONDOWN
:
4350 if (w32_pass_extra_mouse_buttons_to_system
)
4352 /* else fall through and process them. */
4353 case WM_MBUTTONDOWN
:
4355 handle_plain_button
:
4360 /* Ignore middle and extra buttons as long as the menu is active. */
4361 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, hwnd
);
4362 if (f
&& f
->output_data
.w32
->menubar_active
)
4365 if (parse_button (msg
, HIWORD (wParam
), &button
, &up
))
4367 if (up
) ReleaseCapture ();
4368 else SetCapture (hwnd
);
4369 button
= (button
== 0) ? LMOUSE
:
4370 ((button
== 1) ? MMOUSE
: RMOUSE
);
4372 button_state
&= ~button
;
4374 button_state
|= button
;
4378 wmsg
.dwModifiers
= w32_get_modifiers ();
4379 my_post_msg (&wmsg
, hwnd
, msg
, wParam
, lParam
);
4380 signal_user_input ();
4382 /* Need to return true for XBUTTON messages, false for others,
4383 to indicate that we processed the message. */
4384 return (msg
== WM_XBUTTONDOWN
|| msg
== WM_XBUTTONUP
);
4387 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, hwnd
);
4390 /* Ignore mouse movements as long as the menu is active.
4391 These movements are processed by the window manager
4392 anyway, and it's wrong to handle them as if they happened
4393 on the underlying frame. */
4394 if (f
->output_data
.w32
->menubar_active
)
4397 /* If the mouse moved, and the mouse pointer is invisible,
4398 make it visible again. We do this here so as to be able
4399 to show the mouse pointer even when the main
4400 (a.k.a. "Lisp") thread is busy doing something. */
4401 static int last_x
, last_y
;
4402 int x
= GET_X_LPARAM (lParam
);
4403 int y
= GET_Y_LPARAM (lParam
);
4405 if (f
->pointer_invisible
4406 && (x
!= last_x
|| y
!= last_y
))
4407 f
->pointer_invisible
= false;
4413 /* If the mouse has just moved into the frame, start tracking
4414 it, so we will be notified when it leaves the frame. Mouse
4415 tracking only works under W98 and NT4 and later. On earlier
4416 versions, there is no way of telling when the mouse leaves the
4417 frame, so we just have to put up with help-echo and mouse
4418 highlighting remaining while the frame is not active. */
4419 if (track_mouse_event_fn
&& !track_mouse_window
4420 /* If the menu bar is active, turning on tracking of mouse
4421 movement events might send these events to the tooltip
4422 frame, if the user happens to move the mouse pointer over
4423 the tooltip. But since we don't process events for
4424 tooltip frames, this causes Windows to present a
4425 hourglass cursor, which is ugly and unexpected. So don't
4426 enable tracking mouse events in this case; they will be
4427 restarted when the menu pops down. (Confusingly, the
4428 menubar_active member of f->output_data.w32, tested
4429 above, is only set when a menu was popped up _not_ from
4430 the frame's menu bar, but via x-popup-menu.) */
4433 TRACKMOUSEEVENT tme
;
4434 tme
.cbSize
= sizeof (tme
);
4435 tme
.dwFlags
= TME_LEAVE
;
4436 tme
.hwndTrack
= hwnd
;
4437 tme
.dwHoverTime
= HOVER_DEFAULT
;
4439 track_mouse_event_fn (&tme
);
4440 track_mouse_window
= hwnd
;
4444 if (w32_mouse_move_interval
<= 0
4445 || (msg
== WM_MOUSEMOVE
&& button_state
== 0))
4447 wmsg
.dwModifiers
= w32_get_modifiers ();
4448 my_post_msg (&wmsg
, hwnd
, msg
, wParam
, lParam
);
4452 /* Hang onto mouse move and scroll messages for a bit, to avoid
4453 sending such events to Emacs faster than it can process them.
4454 If we get more events before the timer from the first message
4455 expires, we just replace the first message. */
4457 if (saved_mouse_move_msg
.msg
.hwnd
== 0)
4459 SetTimer (hwnd
, MOUSE_MOVE_ID
,
4460 w32_mouse_move_interval
, NULL
);
4462 /* Hold onto message for now. */
4463 saved_mouse_move_msg
.msg
.hwnd
= hwnd
;
4464 saved_mouse_move_msg
.msg
.message
= msg
;
4465 saved_mouse_move_msg
.msg
.wParam
= wParam
;
4466 saved_mouse_move_msg
.msg
.lParam
= lParam
;
4467 saved_mouse_move_msg
.msg
.time
= GetMessageTime ();
4468 saved_mouse_move_msg
.dwModifiers
= w32_get_modifiers ();
4474 wmsg
.dwModifiers
= w32_get_modifiers ();
4475 my_post_msg (&wmsg
, hwnd
, msg
, wParam
, lParam
);
4476 signal_user_input ();
4480 if (w32_pass_multimedia_buttons_to_system
)
4482 /* Otherwise, pass to lisp, the same way we do with mousehwheel. */
4483 case WM_MOUSEHWHEEL
:
4484 wmsg
.dwModifiers
= w32_get_modifiers ();
4485 my_post_msg (&wmsg
, hwnd
, msg
, wParam
, lParam
);
4486 signal_user_input ();
4487 /* Non-zero must be returned when WM_MOUSEHWHEEL messages are
4488 handled, to prevent the system trying to handle it by faking
4489 scroll bar events. */
4493 /* Flush out saved messages if necessary. */
4494 if (wParam
== mouse_button_timer
)
4496 if (saved_mouse_button_msg
.msg
.hwnd
)
4498 post_msg (&saved_mouse_button_msg
);
4499 signal_user_input ();
4500 saved_mouse_button_msg
.msg
.hwnd
= 0;
4502 KillTimer (hwnd
, mouse_button_timer
);
4503 mouse_button_timer
= 0;
4505 else if (wParam
== mouse_move_timer
)
4507 if (saved_mouse_move_msg
.msg
.hwnd
)
4509 post_msg (&saved_mouse_move_msg
);
4510 saved_mouse_move_msg
.msg
.hwnd
= 0;
4512 KillTimer (hwnd
, mouse_move_timer
);
4513 mouse_move_timer
= 0;
4515 else if (wParam
== menu_free_timer
)
4517 KillTimer (hwnd
, menu_free_timer
);
4518 menu_free_timer
= 0;
4519 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, hwnd
);
4520 /* If a popup menu is active, don't wipe its strings. */
4522 && current_popup_menu
== NULL
)
4524 /* Free memory used by owner-drawn and help-echo strings. */
4525 w32_free_menu_strings (hwnd
);
4527 f
->output_data
.w32
->menubar_active
= 0;
4534 /* Windows doesn't send us focus messages when putting up and
4535 taking down a system popup dialog as for Ctrl-Alt-Del on Windows 95.
4536 The only indication we get that something happened is receiving
4537 this message afterwards. So this is a good time to reset our
4538 keyboard modifiers' state. */
4545 /* We must ensure menu bar is fully constructed and up to date
4546 before allowing user interaction with it. To achieve this
4547 we send this message to the lisp thread and wait for a
4548 reply (whose value is not actually needed) to indicate that
4549 the menu bar is now ready for use, so we can now return.
4551 To remain responsive in the meantime, we enter a nested message
4552 loop that can process all other messages.
4554 However, we skip all this if the message results from calling
4555 TrackPopupMenu - in fact, we must NOT attempt to send the lisp
4556 thread a message because it is blocked on us at this point. We
4557 set menubar_active before calling TrackPopupMenu to indicate
4558 this (there is no possibility of confusion with real menubar
4561 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, hwnd
);
4563 && (f
->output_data
.w32
->menubar_active
4564 /* We can receive this message even in the absence of a
4565 menubar (ie. when the system menu is activated) - in this
4566 case we do NOT want to forward the message, otherwise it
4567 will cause the menubar to suddenly appear when the user
4568 had requested it to be turned off! */
4569 || f
->output_data
.w32
->menubar_widget
== NULL
))
4573 deferred_msg msg_buf
;
4575 /* Detect if message has already been deferred; in this case
4576 we cannot return any sensible value to ignore this. */
4577 if (find_deferred_msg (hwnd
, msg
) != NULL
)
4582 return send_deferred_msg (&msg_buf
, hwnd
, msg
, wParam
, lParam
);
4585 case WM_EXITMENULOOP
:
4586 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, hwnd
);
4588 /* If a menu is still active, check again after a short delay,
4589 since Windows often (always?) sends the WM_EXITMENULOOP
4590 before the corresponding WM_COMMAND message.
4591 Don't do this if a popup menu is active, since it is only
4592 menubar menus that require cleaning up in this way.
4594 if (f
&& menubar_in_use
&& current_popup_menu
== NULL
)
4595 menu_free_timer
= SetTimer (hwnd
, MENU_FREE_ID
, MENU_FREE_DELAY
, NULL
);
4597 /* If hourglass cursor should be displayed, display it now. */
4598 if (f
&& f
->output_data
.w32
->hourglass_p
)
4599 SetCursor (f
->output_data
.w32
->hourglass_cursor
);
4604 /* Direct handling of help_echo in menus. Should be safe now
4605 that we generate the help_echo by placing a help event in the
4608 HMENU menu
= (HMENU
) lParam
;
4609 UINT menu_item
= (UINT
) LOWORD (wParam
);
4610 UINT flags
= (UINT
) HIWORD (wParam
);
4612 w32_menu_display_help (hwnd
, menu
, menu_item
, flags
);
4616 case WM_MEASUREITEM
:
4617 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, hwnd
);
4620 MEASUREITEMSTRUCT
* pMis
= (MEASUREITEMSTRUCT
*) lParam
;
4622 if (pMis
->CtlType
== ODT_MENU
)
4624 /* Work out dimensions for popup menu titles. */
4625 char * title
= (char *) pMis
->itemData
;
4626 HDC hdc
= GetDC (hwnd
);
4627 HFONT menu_font
= GetCurrentObject (hdc
, OBJ_FONT
);
4628 LOGFONT menu_logfont
;
4632 GetObject (menu_font
, sizeof (menu_logfont
), &menu_logfont
);
4633 menu_logfont
.lfWeight
= FW_BOLD
;
4634 menu_font
= CreateFontIndirect (&menu_logfont
);
4635 old_font
= SelectObject (hdc
, menu_font
);
4637 pMis
->itemHeight
= GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYMENUSIZE
);
4640 if (unicode_append_menu
)
4641 GetTextExtentPoint32W (hdc
, (WCHAR
*) title
,
4642 wcslen ((WCHAR
*) title
),
4645 GetTextExtentPoint32 (hdc
, title
, strlen (title
), &size
);
4647 pMis
->itemWidth
= size
.cx
;
4648 if (pMis
->itemHeight
< size
.cy
)
4649 pMis
->itemHeight
= size
.cy
;
4652 pMis
->itemWidth
= 0;
4654 SelectObject (hdc
, old_font
);
4655 DeleteObject (menu_font
);
4656 ReleaseDC (hwnd
, hdc
);
4663 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, hwnd
);
4666 DRAWITEMSTRUCT
* pDis
= (DRAWITEMSTRUCT
*) lParam
;
4668 if (pDis
->CtlType
== ODT_MENU
)
4670 /* Draw popup menu title. */
4671 char * title
= (char *) pDis
->itemData
;
4674 HDC hdc
= pDis
->hDC
;
4675 HFONT menu_font
= GetCurrentObject (hdc
, OBJ_FONT
);
4676 LOGFONT menu_logfont
;
4679 GetObject (menu_font
, sizeof (menu_logfont
), &menu_logfont
);
4680 menu_logfont
.lfWeight
= FW_BOLD
;
4681 menu_font
= CreateFontIndirect (&menu_logfont
);
4682 old_font
= SelectObject (hdc
, menu_font
);
4684 /* Always draw title as if not selected. */
4685 if (unicode_append_menu
)
4688 + GetSystemMetrics (SM_CXMENUCHECK
),
4690 ETO_OPAQUE
, &pDis
->rcItem
,
4692 wcslen ((WCHAR
*) title
), NULL
);
4696 + GetSystemMetrics (SM_CXMENUCHECK
),
4698 ETO_OPAQUE
, &pDis
->rcItem
,
4699 title
, strlen (title
), NULL
);
4701 SelectObject (hdc
, old_font
);
4702 DeleteObject (menu_font
);
4710 /* Still not right - can't distinguish between clicks in the
4711 client area of the frame from clicks forwarded from the scroll
4712 bars - may have to hook WM_NCHITTEST to remember the mouse
4713 position and then check if it is in the client area ourselves. */
4714 case WM_MOUSEACTIVATE
:
4715 /* Discard the mouse click that activates a frame, allowing the
4716 user to click anywhere without changing point (or worse!).
4717 Don't eat mouse clicks on scrollbars though!! */
4718 if (LOWORD (lParam
) == HTCLIENT
)
4719 return MA_ACTIVATEANDEAT
;
4724 /* No longer tracking mouse. */
4725 track_mouse_window
= NULL
;
4727 case WM_ACTIVATEAPP
:
4729 case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED
:
4731 /* Inform lisp thread that a frame might have just been obscured
4732 or exposed, so should recheck visibility of all frames. */
4733 my_post_msg (&wmsg
, hwnd
, msg
, wParam
, lParam
);
4737 dpyinfo
->faked_key
= 0;
4739 if (!w32_kbdhook_active
)
4740 register_hot_keys (hwnd
);
4743 if (!w32_kbdhook_active
)
4744 unregister_hot_keys (hwnd
);
4747 /* Relinquish the system caret. */
4748 if (w32_system_caret_hwnd
)
4750 w32_visible_system_caret_hwnd
= NULL
;
4751 w32_system_caret_hwnd
= NULL
;
4757 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, hwnd
);
4758 if (f
&& HIWORD (wParam
) == 0)
4760 if (menu_free_timer
)
4762 KillTimer (hwnd
, menu_free_timer
);
4763 menu_free_timer
= 0;
4769 wmsg
.dwModifiers
= w32_get_modifiers ();
4770 my_post_msg (&wmsg
, hwnd
, msg
, wParam
, lParam
);
4775 setup_w32_kbdhook ();
4781 remove_w32_kbdhook ();
4786 case WM_WTSSESSION_CHANGE
:
4787 if (wParam
== WTS_SESSION_LOCK
)
4788 reset_w32_kbdhook_state ();
4792 wmsg
.dwModifiers
= w32_get_modifiers ();
4793 my_post_msg (&wmsg
, hwnd
, msg
, wParam
, lParam
);
4797 my_post_msg (&wmsg
, hwnd
, msg
, wParam
, lParam
);
4798 /* If we return, the process will be terminated immediately. */
4801 case WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING
:
4802 /* Don't restrict the sizing of any kind of frames. If the window
4803 manager doesn't, there's no reason to do it ourselves. */
4806 case WM_GETMINMAXINFO
:
4807 /* Hack to allow resizing the Emacs frame above the screen size.
4808 Note that Windows 9x limits coordinates to 16-bits. */
4809 ((LPMINMAXINFO
) lParam
)->ptMaxTrackSize
.x
= 32767;
4810 ((LPMINMAXINFO
) lParam
)->ptMaxTrackSize
.y
= 32767;
4814 if (LOWORD (lParam
) == HTCLIENT
)
4816 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, hwnd
);
4819 if (f
->output_data
.w32
->hourglass_p
4820 && !menubar_in_use
&& !current_popup_menu
)
4821 SetCursor (f
->output_data
.w32
->hourglass_cursor
);
4822 else if (f
->pointer_invisible
)
4825 SetCursor (f
->output_data
.w32
->current_cursor
);
4832 case WM_EMACS_SETCURSOR
:
4834 Cursor cursor
= (Cursor
) wParam
;
4835 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, hwnd
);
4838 f
->output_data
.w32
->current_cursor
= cursor
;
4839 /* Don't change the cursor while menu-bar menu is in use. */
4840 if (!f
->output_data
.w32
->menubar_active
4841 && !f
->output_data
.w32
->hourglass_p
)
4843 if (f
->pointer_invisible
)
4852 case WM_EMACS_SHOWCURSOR
:
4854 ShowCursor ((BOOL
) wParam
);
4859 case WM_EMACS_CREATEVSCROLLBAR
:
4860 return (LRESULT
) w32_createvscrollbar ((struct frame
*) wParam
,
4861 (struct scroll_bar
*) lParam
);
4863 case WM_EMACS_CREATEHSCROLLBAR
:
4864 return (LRESULT
) w32_createhscrollbar ((struct frame
*) wParam
,
4865 (struct scroll_bar
*) lParam
);
4867 case WM_EMACS_SHOWWINDOW
:
4868 return ShowWindow ((HWND
) wParam
, (WPARAM
) lParam
);
4870 case WM_EMACS_BRINGTOTOP
:
4871 case WM_EMACS_SETFOREGROUND
:
4873 HWND foreground_window
;
4874 DWORD foreground_thread
, retval
;
4876 /* On NT 5.0, and apparently Windows 98, it is necessary to
4877 attach to the thread that currently has focus in order to
4878 pull the focus away from it. */
4879 foreground_window
= GetForegroundWindow ();
4880 foreground_thread
= GetWindowThreadProcessId (foreground_window
, NULL
);
4881 if (!foreground_window
4882 || foreground_thread
== GetCurrentThreadId ()
4883 || !AttachThreadInput (GetCurrentThreadId (),
4884 foreground_thread
, TRUE
))
4885 foreground_thread
= 0;
4887 retval
= SetForegroundWindow ((HWND
) wParam
);
4888 if (msg
== WM_EMACS_BRINGTOTOP
)
4889 retval
= BringWindowToTop ((HWND
) wParam
);
4891 /* Detach from the previous foreground thread. */
4892 if (foreground_thread
)
4893 AttachThreadInput (GetCurrentThreadId (),
4894 foreground_thread
, FALSE
);
4899 case WM_EMACS_SETWINDOWPOS
:
4901 WINDOWPOS
* pos
= (WINDOWPOS
*) wParam
;
4902 return SetWindowPos (hwnd
, pos
->hwndInsertAfter
,
4903 pos
->x
, pos
->y
, pos
->cx
, pos
->cy
, pos
->flags
);
4906 case WM_EMACS_DESTROYWINDOW
:
4907 DragAcceptFiles ((HWND
) wParam
, FALSE
);
4908 return DestroyWindow ((HWND
) wParam
);
4910 case WM_EMACS_HIDE_CARET
:
4911 return HideCaret (hwnd
);
4913 case WM_EMACS_SHOW_CARET
:
4914 return ShowCaret (hwnd
);
4916 case WM_EMACS_DESTROY_CARET
:
4917 w32_system_caret_hwnd
= NULL
;
4918 w32_visible_system_caret_hwnd
= NULL
;
4919 return DestroyCaret ();
4921 case WM_EMACS_TRACK_CARET
:
4922 /* If there is currently no system caret, create one. */
4923 if (w32_system_caret_hwnd
== NULL
)
4925 /* Use the default caret width, and avoid changing it
4926 unnecessarily, as it confuses screen reader software. */
4927 w32_system_caret_hwnd
= hwnd
;
4928 CreateCaret (hwnd
, NULL
, 0,
4929 w32_system_caret_height
);
4932 if (!SetCaretPos (w32_system_caret_x
, w32_system_caret_y
))
4934 /* Ensure visible caret gets turned on when requested. */
4935 else if (w32_use_visible_system_caret
4936 && w32_visible_system_caret_hwnd
!= hwnd
)
4938 w32_visible_system_caret_hwnd
= hwnd
;
4939 return ShowCaret (hwnd
);
4941 /* Ensure visible caret gets turned off when requested. */
4942 else if (!w32_use_visible_system_caret
4943 && w32_visible_system_caret_hwnd
)
4945 w32_visible_system_caret_hwnd
= NULL
;
4946 return HideCaret (hwnd
);
4951 case WM_EMACS_TRACKPOPUPMENU
:
4956 pos
= (POINT
*)lParam
;
4957 flags
= TPM_CENTERALIGN
;
4958 if (button_state
& LMOUSE
)
4959 flags
|= TPM_LEFTBUTTON
;
4960 else if (button_state
& RMOUSE
)
4961 flags
|= TPM_RIGHTBUTTON
;
4963 /* Remember we did a SetCapture on the initial mouse down event,
4964 so for safety, we make sure the capture is canceled now. */
4968 /* Use menubar_active to indicate that WM_INITMENU is from
4969 TrackPopupMenu below, and should be ignored. */
4970 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, hwnd
);
4972 f
->output_data
.w32
->menubar_active
= 1;
4974 if (TrackPopupMenu ((HMENU
)wParam
, flags
, pos
->x
, pos
->y
,
4978 /* Eat any mouse messages during popupmenu */
4979 while (PeekMessage (&amsg
, hwnd
, WM_MOUSEFIRST
, WM_MOUSELAST
,
4981 /* Get the menu selection, if any */
4982 if (PeekMessage (&amsg
, hwnd
, WM_COMMAND
, WM_COMMAND
, PM_REMOVE
))
4984 retval
= LOWORD (amsg
.wParam
);
4998 case WM_EMACS_FILENOTIFY
:
4999 my_post_msg (&wmsg
, hwnd
, msg
, wParam
, lParam
);
5003 /* Check for messages registered at runtime. */
5004 if (msg
== msh_mousewheel
)
5006 wmsg
.dwModifiers
= w32_get_modifiers ();
5007 my_post_msg (&wmsg
, hwnd
, msg
, wParam
, lParam
);
5008 signal_user_input ();
5013 return (w32_unicode_gui
? DefWindowProcW
: DefWindowProcA
) (hwnd
, msg
, wParam
, lParam
);
5016 /* The most common default return code for handled messages is 0. */
5021 my_create_window (struct frame
* f
)
5024 static int coords
[2];
5025 Lisp_Object left
, top
;
5026 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= &one_w32_display_info
;
5028 /* When called with RES_TYPE_NUMBER, x_get_arg will return zero for
5029 anything that is not a number and is not Qunbound. */
5030 left
= x_get_arg (dpyinfo
, Qnil
, Qleft
, "left", "Left", RES_TYPE_NUMBER
);
5031 top
= x_get_arg (dpyinfo
, Qnil
, Qtop
, "top", "Top", RES_TYPE_NUMBER
);
5032 if (EQ (left
, Qunbound
))
5033 coords
[0] = CW_USEDEFAULT
;
5035 coords
[0] = XINT (left
);
5036 if (EQ (top
, Qunbound
))
5037 coords
[1] = CW_USEDEFAULT
;
5039 coords
[1] = XINT (top
);
5041 if (!PostThreadMessage (dwWindowsThreadId
, WM_EMACS_CREATEWINDOW
,
5042 (WPARAM
)f
, (LPARAM
)coords
))
5044 GetMessage (&msg
, NULL
, WM_EMACS_DONE
, WM_EMACS_DONE
);
5048 /* Create a tooltip window. Unlike my_create_window, we do not do this
5049 indirectly via the Window thread, as we do not need to process Window
5050 messages for the tooltip. Creating tooltips indirectly also creates
5051 deadlocks when tooltips are created for menu items. */
5053 my_create_tip_window (struct frame
*f
)
5057 rect
.left
= rect
.top
= 0;
5058 rect
.right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
5059 rect
.bottom
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
5061 AdjustWindowRect (&rect
, f
->output_data
.w32
->dwStyle
, false);
5063 tip_window
= FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
)
5064 = CreateWindow (EMACS_CLASS
,
5066 f
->output_data
.w32
->dwStyle
,
5069 rect
.right
- rect
.left
,
5070 rect
.bottom
- rect
.top
,
5071 FRAME_W32_WINDOW (SELECTED_FRAME ()), /* owner */
5078 SetWindowLong (tip_window
, WND_FONTWIDTH_INDEX
, FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
5079 SetWindowLong (tip_window
, WND_LINEHEIGHT_INDEX
, FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
));
5080 SetWindowLong (tip_window
, WND_BORDER_INDEX
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
5081 SetWindowLong (tip_window
, WND_BACKGROUND_INDEX
, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5083 /* Tip frames have no scrollbars. */
5084 SetWindowLong (tip_window
, WND_VSCROLLBAR_INDEX
, 0);
5085 SetWindowLong (tip_window
, WND_HSCROLLBAR_INDEX
, 0);
5087 /* Do this to discard the default setting specified by our parent. */
5088 ShowWindow (tip_window
, SW_HIDE
);
5093 /* Create and set up the w32 window for frame F. */
5096 w32_window (struct frame
*f
, long window_prompting
, bool minibuffer_only
)
5100 /* Use the resource name as the top-level window name
5101 for looking up resources. Make a non-Lisp copy
5102 for the window manager, so GC relocation won't bother it.
5104 Elsewhere we specify the window name for the window manager. */
5105 f
->namebuf
= xlispstrdup (Vx_resource_name
);
5107 my_create_window (f
);
5109 validate_x_resource_name ();
5111 /* x_set_name normally ignores requests to set the name if the
5112 requested name is the same as the current name. This is the one
5113 place where that assumption isn't correct; f->name is set, but
5114 the server hasn't been told. */
5117 int explicit = f
->explicit_name
;
5119 f
->explicit_name
= 0;
5121 fset_name (f
, Qnil
);
5122 x_set_name (f
, name
, explicit);
5127 if (!minibuffer_only
&& FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f
))
5128 initialize_frame_menubar (f
);
5130 if (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
5131 error ("Unable to create window");
5134 /* Handle the icon stuff for this window. Perhaps later we might
5135 want an x_set_icon_position which can be called interactively as
5139 x_icon (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object parms
)
5141 Lisp_Object icon_x
, icon_y
;
5142 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= &one_w32_display_info
;
5144 /* Set the position of the icon. Note that Windows 95 groups all
5145 icons in the tray. */
5146 icon_x
= x_get_arg (dpyinfo
, parms
, Qicon_left
, 0, 0, RES_TYPE_NUMBER
);
5147 icon_y
= x_get_arg (dpyinfo
, parms
, Qicon_top
, 0, 0, RES_TYPE_NUMBER
);
5148 if (!EQ (icon_x
, Qunbound
) && !EQ (icon_y
, Qunbound
))
5150 CHECK_NUMBER (icon_x
);
5151 CHECK_NUMBER (icon_y
);
5153 else if (!EQ (icon_x
, Qunbound
) || !EQ (icon_y
, Qunbound
))
5154 error ("Both left and top icon corners of icon must be specified");
5159 /* Start up iconic or window? */
5160 x_wm_set_window_state
5161 (f
, (EQ (x_get_arg (dpyinfo
, parms
, Qvisibility
, 0, 0, RES_TYPE_SYMBOL
), Qicon
)
5165 x_text_icon (f
, SSDATA ((!NILP (f
->icon_name
)
5175 x_make_gc (struct frame
*f
)
5177 XGCValues gc_values
;
5181 /* Create the GC's of this frame.
5182 Note that many default values are used. */
5185 gc_values
.font
= FRAME_FONT (f
);
5187 /* Cursor has cursor-color background, background-color foreground. */
5188 gc_values
.foreground
= FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
5189 gc_values
.background
= f
->output_data
.w32
->cursor_pixel
;
5190 f
->output_data
.w32
->cursor_gc
5191 = XCreateGC (NULL
, FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
),
5192 (GCFont
| GCForeground
| GCBackground
),
5196 f
->output_data
.w32
->white_relief
.gc
= 0;
5197 f
->output_data
.w32
->black_relief
.gc
= 0;
5203 /* Handler for signals raised during x_create_frame and
5204 x_create_tip_frame. FRAME is the frame which is partially
5208 unwind_create_frame (Lisp_Object frame
)
5210 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
5212 /* If frame is ``official'', nothing to do. */
5213 if (NILP (Fmemq (frame
, Vframe_list
)))
5216 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
5218 /* If the frame's image cache refcount is still the same as our
5219 private shadow variable, it means we are unwinding a frame
5220 for which we didn't yet call init_frame_faces, where the
5221 refcount is incremented. Therefore, we increment it here, so
5222 that free_frame_faces, called in x_free_frame_resources
5223 below, will not mistakenly decrement the counter that was not
5224 incremented yet to account for this new frame. */
5225 if (FRAME_IMAGE_CACHE (f
) != NULL
5226 && FRAME_IMAGE_CACHE (f
)->refcount
== image_cache_refcount
)
5227 FRAME_IMAGE_CACHE (f
)->refcount
++;
5230 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
5234 /* Check that reference counts are indeed correct. */
5235 eassert (dpyinfo
->reference_count
== dpyinfo_refcount
);
5236 eassert ((dpyinfo
->terminal
->image_cache
== NULL
5237 && image_cache_refcount
== 0)
5238 || (dpyinfo
->terminal
->image_cache
!= NULL
5239 && dpyinfo
->terminal
->image_cache
->refcount
== image_cache_refcount
));
5248 do_unwind_create_frame (Lisp_Object frame
)
5250 unwind_create_frame (frame
);
5254 x_default_font_parameter (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object parms
)
5256 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
5257 Lisp_Object font_param
= x_get_arg (dpyinfo
, parms
, Qfont
, NULL
, NULL
,
5260 if (EQ (font_param
, Qunbound
))
5262 font
= !NILP (font_param
) ? font_param
5263 : x_get_arg (dpyinfo
, parms
, Qfont
, "font", "Font", RES_TYPE_STRING
);
5265 if (!STRINGP (font
))
5268 static const char *names
[]
5269 = { "Courier New-10",
5270 "-*-Courier-normal-r-*-*-13-*-*-*-c-*-iso8859-1",
5271 "-*-Fixedsys-normal-r-*-*-12-*-*-*-c-*-iso8859-1",
5275 for (i
= 0; names
[i
]; i
++)
5277 font
= font_open_by_name (f
, build_unibyte_string (names
[i
]));
5282 error ("No suitable font was found");
5284 else if (!NILP (font_param
))
5286 /* Remember the explicit font parameter, so we can re-apply it after
5287 we've applied the `default' face settings. */
5288 x_set_frame_parameters (f
, Fcons (Fcons (Qfont_parameter
, font_param
),
5291 x_default_parameter (f
, parms
, Qfont
, font
, "font", "Font", RES_TYPE_STRING
);
5294 DEFUN ("x-create-frame", Fx_create_frame
, Sx_create_frame
,
5296 doc
: /* Make a new window, which is called a \"frame\" in Emacs terms.
5297 Return an Emacs frame object.
5298 PARAMETERS is an alist of frame parameters.
5299 If the parameters specify that the frame should not have a minibuffer,
5300 and do not specify a specific minibuffer window to use,
5301 then `default-minibuffer-frame' must be a frame whose minibuffer can
5302 be shared by the new frame.
5304 This function is an internal primitive--use `make-frame' instead. */)
5305 (Lisp_Object parameters
)
5308 Lisp_Object frame
, tem
;
5310 bool minibuffer_only
= false;
5311 long window_prompting
= 0;
5312 ptrdiff_t count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
5313 Lisp_Object display
;
5314 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= NULL
;
5317 int x_width
= 0, x_height
= 0;
5319 if (!FRAME_W32_P (SELECTED_FRAME ())
5320 && !FRAME_INITIAL_P (SELECTED_FRAME ()))
5321 error ("Cannot create a GUI frame in a -nw session");
5323 /* Make copy of frame parameters because the original is in pure
5325 parameters
= Fcopy_alist (parameters
);
5327 /* Use this general default value to start with
5328 until we know if this frame has a specified name. */
5329 Vx_resource_name
= Vinvocation_name
;
5331 display
= x_get_arg (dpyinfo
, parameters
, Qterminal
, 0, 0, RES_TYPE_NUMBER
);
5332 if (EQ (display
, Qunbound
))
5333 display
= x_get_arg (dpyinfo
, parameters
, Qdisplay
, 0, 0, RES_TYPE_STRING
);
5334 if (EQ (display
, Qunbound
))
5336 dpyinfo
= check_x_display_info (display
);
5337 kb
= dpyinfo
->terminal
->kboard
;
5339 if (!dpyinfo
->terminal
->name
)
5340 error ("Terminal is not live, can't create new frames on it");
5342 name
= x_get_arg (dpyinfo
, parameters
, Qname
, "name", "Name", RES_TYPE_STRING
);
5344 && ! EQ (name
, Qunbound
)
5346 error ("Invalid frame name--not a string or nil");
5349 Vx_resource_name
= name
;
5351 /* See if parent window is specified. */
5352 parent
= x_get_arg (dpyinfo
, parameters
, Qparent_id
, NULL
, NULL
, RES_TYPE_NUMBER
);
5353 if (EQ (parent
, Qunbound
))
5355 if (! NILP (parent
))
5356 CHECK_NUMBER (parent
);
5358 /* make_frame_without_minibuffer can run Lisp code and garbage collect. */
5359 /* No need to protect DISPLAY because that's not used after passing
5360 it to make_frame_without_minibuffer. */
5362 tem
= x_get_arg (dpyinfo
, parameters
, Qminibuffer
, "minibuffer", "Minibuffer",
5364 if (EQ (tem
, Qnone
) || NILP (tem
))
5365 f
= make_frame_without_minibuffer (Qnil
, kb
, display
);
5366 else if (EQ (tem
, Qonly
))
5368 f
= make_minibuffer_frame ();
5369 minibuffer_only
= true;
5371 else if (WINDOWP (tem
))
5372 f
= make_frame_without_minibuffer (tem
, kb
, display
);
5374 f
= make_frame (true);
5376 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
5378 /* By default, make scrollbars the system standard width and height. */
5379 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CXVSCROLL
);
5380 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_HEIGHT (f
) = GetSystemMetrics (SM_CXHSCROLL
);
5382 f
->terminal
= dpyinfo
->terminal
;
5384 f
->output_method
= output_w32
;
5385 f
->output_data
.w32
= xzalloc (sizeof (struct w32_output
));
5386 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = -1;
5389 (f
, x_get_arg (dpyinfo
, parameters
, Qicon_name
, "iconName", "Title",
5391 if (! STRINGP (f
->icon_name
))
5392 fset_icon_name (f
, Qnil
);
5394 /* FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f) = dpyinfo; */
5396 /* With FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO set up, this unwind-protect is safe. */
5397 record_unwind_protect (do_unwind_create_frame
, frame
);
5400 image_cache_refcount
=
5401 FRAME_IMAGE_CACHE (f
) ? FRAME_IMAGE_CACHE (f
)->refcount
: 0;
5402 dpyinfo_refcount
= dpyinfo
->reference_count
;
5403 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
5405 /* Specify the parent under which to make this window. */
5408 /* Cast to UINT_PTR shuts up compiler warnings about cast to
5409 pointer from integer of different size. */
5410 f
->output_data
.w32
->parent_desc
= (Window
) (UINT_PTR
) XFASTINT (parent
);
5411 f
->output_data
.w32
->explicit_parent
= true;
5415 f
->output_data
.w32
->parent_desc
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
;
5416 f
->output_data
.w32
->explicit_parent
= false;
5419 /* Set the name; the functions to which we pass f expect the name to
5421 if (EQ (name
, Qunbound
) || NILP (name
))
5423 fset_name (f
, build_string (dpyinfo
->w32_id_name
));
5424 f
->explicit_name
= false;
5428 fset_name (f
, name
);
5429 f
->explicit_name
= true;
5430 /* Use the frame's title when getting resources for this frame. */
5431 specbind (Qx_resource_name
, name
);
5434 if (uniscribe_available
)
5435 register_font_driver (&uniscribe_font_driver
, f
);
5436 register_font_driver (&w32font_driver
, f
);
5438 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qfont_backend
, Qnil
,
5439 "fontBackend", "FontBackend", RES_TYPE_STRING
);
5441 /* Extract the window parameters from the supplied values
5442 that are needed to determine window geometry. */
5443 x_default_font_parameter (f
, parameters
);
5445 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qborder_width
, make_number (2),
5446 "borderWidth", "BorderWidth", RES_TYPE_NUMBER
);
5448 /* We recognize either internalBorderWidth or internalBorder
5449 (which is what xterm calls it). */
5450 if (NILP (Fassq (Qinternal_border_width
, parameters
)))
5454 value
= x_get_arg (dpyinfo
, parameters
, Qinternal_border_width
,
5455 "internalBorder", "InternalBorder", RES_TYPE_NUMBER
);
5456 if (! EQ (value
, Qunbound
))
5457 parameters
= Fcons (Fcons (Qinternal_border_width
, value
),
5460 /* Default internalBorderWidth to 0 on Windows to match other programs. */
5461 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qinternal_border_width
, make_number (0),
5462 "internalBorderWidth", "InternalBorder", RES_TYPE_NUMBER
);
5463 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qright_divider_width
, make_number (0),
5464 NULL
, NULL
, RES_TYPE_NUMBER
);
5465 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qbottom_divider_width
, make_number (0),
5466 NULL
, NULL
, RES_TYPE_NUMBER
);
5467 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qvertical_scroll_bars
, Qright
,
5468 "verticalScrollBars", "ScrollBars", RES_TYPE_SYMBOL
);
5469 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qhorizontal_scroll_bars
, Qnil
,
5470 "horizontalScrollBars", "ScrollBars", RES_TYPE_SYMBOL
);
5472 /* Also do the stuff which must be set before the window exists. */
5473 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qforeground_color
, build_string ("black"),
5474 "foreground", "Foreground", RES_TYPE_STRING
);
5475 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qbackground_color
, build_string ("white"),
5476 "background", "Background", RES_TYPE_STRING
);
5477 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qmouse_color
, build_string ("black"),
5478 "pointerColor", "Foreground", RES_TYPE_STRING
);
5479 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qborder_color
, build_string ("black"),
5480 "borderColor", "BorderColor", RES_TYPE_STRING
);
5481 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qscreen_gamma
, Qnil
,
5482 "screenGamma", "ScreenGamma", RES_TYPE_FLOAT
);
5483 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qline_spacing
, Qnil
,
5484 "lineSpacing", "LineSpacing", RES_TYPE_NUMBER
);
5485 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qleft_fringe
, Qnil
,
5486 "leftFringe", "LeftFringe", RES_TYPE_NUMBER
);
5487 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qright_fringe
, Qnil
,
5488 "rightFringe", "RightFringe", RES_TYPE_NUMBER
);
5489 /* Process alpha here (Bug#16619). */
5490 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qalpha
, Qnil
,
5491 "alpha", "Alpha", RES_TYPE_NUMBER
);
5493 /* Init faces first since we need the frame's column width/line
5494 height in various occasions. */
5495 init_frame_faces (f
);
5497 /* The following call of change_frame_size is needed since otherwise
5498 x_set_tool_bar_lines will already work with the character sizes
5499 installed by init_frame_faces while the frame's pixel size is
5500 still calculated from a character size of 1 and we subsequently
5501 hit the (height >= 0) assertion in window_box_height.
5503 The non-pixelwise code apparently worked around this because it
5504 had one frame line vs one toolbar line which left us with a zero
5505 root window height which was obviously wrong as well ... */
5506 adjust_frame_size (f
, FRAME_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
),
5507 FRAME_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
), 5, true,
5510 /* The X resources controlling the menu-bar and tool-bar are
5511 processed specially at startup, and reflected in the mode
5512 variables; ignore them here. */
5513 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qmenu_bar_lines
,
5514 NILP (Vmenu_bar_mode
)
5515 ? make_number (0) : make_number (1),
5516 NULL
, NULL
, RES_TYPE_NUMBER
);
5517 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qtool_bar_lines
,
5518 NILP (Vtool_bar_mode
)
5519 ? make_number (0) : make_number (1),
5520 NULL
, NULL
, RES_TYPE_NUMBER
);
5522 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qbuffer_predicate
, Qnil
,
5523 "bufferPredicate", "BufferPredicate", RES_TYPE_SYMBOL
);
5524 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qtitle
, Qnil
,
5525 "title", "Title", RES_TYPE_STRING
);
5527 f
->output_data
.w32
->dwStyle
= WS_OVERLAPPEDWINDOW
;
5528 f
->output_data
.w32
->parent_desc
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
;
5530 f
->output_data
.w32
->text_cursor
= w32_load_cursor (IDC_IBEAM
);
5531 f
->output_data
.w32
->nontext_cursor
= w32_load_cursor (IDC_ARROW
);
5532 f
->output_data
.w32
->modeline_cursor
= w32_load_cursor (IDC_ARROW
);
5533 f
->output_data
.w32
->hand_cursor
= w32_load_cursor (IDC_HAND
);
5534 f
->output_data
.w32
->hourglass_cursor
= w32_load_cursor (IDC_WAIT
);
5535 f
->output_data
.w32
->horizontal_drag_cursor
= w32_load_cursor (IDC_SIZEWE
);
5536 f
->output_data
.w32
->vertical_drag_cursor
= w32_load_cursor (IDC_SIZENS
);
5538 f
->output_data
.w32
->current_cursor
= f
->output_data
.w32
->nontext_cursor
;
5540 window_prompting
= x_figure_window_size (f
, parameters
, true, &x_width
, &x_height
);
5542 tem
= x_get_arg (dpyinfo
, parameters
, Qunsplittable
, 0, 0, RES_TYPE_BOOLEAN
);
5543 f
->no_split
= minibuffer_only
|| EQ (tem
, Qt
);
5545 w32_window (f
, window_prompting
, minibuffer_only
);
5546 x_icon (f
, parameters
);
5550 /* Now consider the frame official. */
5551 f
->terminal
->reference_count
++;
5552 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->reference_count
++;
5553 Vframe_list
= Fcons (frame
, Vframe_list
);
5555 /* We need to do this after creating the window, so that the
5556 icon-creation functions can say whose icon they're describing. */
5557 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qicon_type
, Qnil
,
5558 "bitmapIcon", "BitmapIcon", RES_TYPE_SYMBOL
);
5560 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qauto_raise
, Qnil
,
5561 "autoRaise", "AutoRaiseLower", RES_TYPE_BOOLEAN
);
5562 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qauto_lower
, Qnil
,
5563 "autoLower", "AutoRaiseLower", RES_TYPE_BOOLEAN
);
5564 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qcursor_type
, Qbox
,
5565 "cursorType", "CursorType", RES_TYPE_SYMBOL
);
5566 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qscroll_bar_width
, Qnil
,
5567 "scrollBarWidth", "ScrollBarWidth", RES_TYPE_NUMBER
);
5568 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qscroll_bar_height
, Qnil
,
5569 "scrollBarHeight", "ScrollBarHeight", RES_TYPE_NUMBER
);
5571 /* Allow x_set_window_size, now. */
5572 f
->can_x_set_window_size
= true;
5575 SET_FRAME_WIDTH (f
, x_width
);
5577 SET_FRAME_HEIGHT (f
, x_height
);
5579 /* Tell the server what size and position, etc, we want, and how
5580 badly we want them. This should be done after we have the menu
5581 bar so that its size can be taken into account. */
5583 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, window_prompting
, false);
5586 adjust_frame_size (f
, FRAME_TEXT_WIDTH (f
), FRAME_TEXT_HEIGHT (f
), 0, true,
5589 /* Process fullscreen parameter here in the hope that normalizing a
5590 fullheight/fullwidth frame will produce the size set by the last
5591 adjust_frame_size call. */
5592 x_default_parameter (f
, parameters
, Qfullscreen
, Qnil
,
5593 "fullscreen", "Fullscreen", RES_TYPE_SYMBOL
);
5595 /* Make the window appear on the frame and enable display, unless
5596 the caller says not to. However, with explicit parent, Emacs
5597 cannot control visibility, so don't try. */
5598 if (! f
->output_data
.w32
->explicit_parent
)
5600 Lisp_Object visibility
;
5602 visibility
= x_get_arg (dpyinfo
, parameters
, Qvisibility
, 0, 0, RES_TYPE_SYMBOL
);
5603 if (EQ (visibility
, Qunbound
))
5606 if (EQ (visibility
, Qicon
))
5607 x_iconify_frame (f
);
5608 else if (! NILP (visibility
))
5609 x_make_frame_visible (f
);
5612 /* Must have been Qnil. */
5617 /* Initialize `default-minibuffer-frame' in case this is the first
5618 frame on this terminal. */
5619 if (FRAME_HAS_MINIBUF_P (f
)
5620 && (!FRAMEP (KVAR (kb
, Vdefault_minibuffer_frame
))
5621 || !FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (KVAR (kb
, Vdefault_minibuffer_frame
)))))
5622 kset_default_minibuffer_frame (kb
, frame
);
5624 /* All remaining specified parameters, which have not been "used"
5625 by x_get_arg and friends, now go in the misc. alist of the frame. */
5626 for (tem
= parameters
; CONSP (tem
); tem
= XCDR (tem
))
5627 if (CONSP (XCAR (tem
)) && !NILP (XCAR (XCAR (tem
))))
5628 fset_param_alist (f
, Fcons (XCAR (tem
), f
->param_alist
));
5630 /* Make sure windows on this frame appear in calls to next-window
5631 and similar functions. */
5632 Vwindow_list
= Qnil
;
5634 return unbind_to (count
, frame
);
5637 /* FRAME is used only to get a handle on the X display. We don't pass the
5638 display info directly because we're called from frame.c, which doesn't
5639 know about that structure. */
5641 x_get_focus_frame (struct frame
*frame
)
5643 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
);
5645 if (! dpyinfo
->w32_focus_frame
)
5648 XSETFRAME (xfocus
, dpyinfo
->w32_focus_frame
);
5652 DEFUN ("xw-color-defined-p", Fxw_color_defined_p
, Sxw_color_defined_p
, 1, 2, 0,
5653 doc
: /* Internal function called by `color-defined-p', which see.
5654 \(Note that the Nextstep version of this function ignores FRAME.) */)
5655 (Lisp_Object color
, Lisp_Object frame
)
5658 struct frame
*f
= decode_window_system_frame (frame
);
5660 CHECK_STRING (color
);
5662 if (w32_defined_color (f
, SSDATA (color
), &foo
, false))
5668 DEFUN ("xw-color-values", Fxw_color_values
, Sxw_color_values
, 1, 2, 0,
5669 doc
: /* Internal function called by `color-values', which see. */)
5670 (Lisp_Object color
, Lisp_Object frame
)
5673 struct frame
*f
= decode_window_system_frame (frame
);
5675 CHECK_STRING (color
);
5677 if (w32_defined_color (f
, SSDATA (color
), &foo
, false))
5678 return list3i ((GetRValue (foo
.pixel
) << 8) | GetRValue (foo
.pixel
),
5679 (GetGValue (foo
.pixel
) << 8) | GetGValue (foo
.pixel
),
5680 (GetBValue (foo
.pixel
) << 8) | GetBValue (foo
.pixel
));
5685 DEFUN ("xw-display-color-p", Fxw_display_color_p
, Sxw_display_color_p
, 0, 1, 0,
5686 doc
: /* Internal function called by `display-color-p', which see. */)
5687 (Lisp_Object display
)
5689 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= check_x_display_info (display
);
5691 if ((dpyinfo
->n_planes
* dpyinfo
->n_cbits
) <= 2)
5697 DEFUN ("x-display-grayscale-p", Fx_display_grayscale_p
,
5698 Sx_display_grayscale_p
, 0, 1, 0,
5699 doc
: /* Return t if DISPLAY supports shades of gray.
5700 Note that color displays do support shades of gray.
5701 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
5702 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
5703 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
5704 (Lisp_Object display
)
5706 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= check_x_display_info (display
);
5708 if ((dpyinfo
->n_planes
* dpyinfo
->n_cbits
) <= 1)
5714 DEFUN ("x-display-pixel-width", Fx_display_pixel_width
,
5715 Sx_display_pixel_width
, 0, 1, 0,
5716 doc
: /* Return the width in pixels of DISPLAY.
5717 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
5718 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
5719 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.
5721 On \"multi-monitor\" setups this refers to the pixel width for all
5722 physical monitors associated with DISPLAY. To get information for
5723 each physical monitor, use `display-monitor-attributes-list'. */)
5724 (Lisp_Object display
)
5726 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= check_x_display_info (display
);
5728 return make_number (x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
));
5731 DEFUN ("x-display-pixel-height", Fx_display_pixel_height
,
5732 Sx_display_pixel_height
, 0, 1, 0,
5733 doc
: /* Return the height in pixels of DISPLAY.
5734 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
5735 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
5736 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.
5738 On \"multi-monitor\" setups this refers to the pixel height for all
5739 physical monitors associated with DISPLAY. To get information for
5740 each physical monitor, use `display-monitor-attributes-list'. */)
5741 (Lisp_Object display
)
5743 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= check_x_display_info (display
);
5745 return make_number (x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
));
5748 DEFUN ("x-display-planes", Fx_display_planes
, Sx_display_planes
,
5750 doc
: /* Return the number of bitplanes of DISPLAY.
5751 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
5752 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
5753 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
5754 (Lisp_Object display
)
5756 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= check_x_display_info (display
);
5758 return make_number (dpyinfo
->n_planes
* dpyinfo
->n_cbits
);
5761 DEFUN ("x-display-color-cells", Fx_display_color_cells
, Sx_display_color_cells
,
5763 doc
: /* Return the number of color cells of DISPLAY.
5764 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
5765 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
5766 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
5767 (Lisp_Object display
)
5769 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= check_x_display_info (display
);
5772 /* Don't use NCOLORS: it returns incorrect results under remote
5773 * desktop. We force 24+ bit depths to 24-bit, both to prevent an
5774 * overflow and because probably is more meaningful on Windows
5777 cap
= 1 << min (dpyinfo
->n_planes
* dpyinfo
->n_cbits
, 24);
5778 return make_number (cap
);
5781 DEFUN ("x-server-max-request-size", Fx_server_max_request_size
,
5782 Sx_server_max_request_size
,
5784 doc
: /* Return the maximum request size of the server of DISPLAY.
5785 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
5786 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
5787 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
5788 (Lisp_Object display
)
5790 return make_number (1);
5793 DEFUN ("x-server-vendor", Fx_server_vendor
, Sx_server_vendor
, 0, 1, 0,
5794 doc
: /* Return the "vendor ID" string of the GUI software on TERMINAL.
5796 \(Labeling every distributor as a "vendor" embodies the false assumption
5797 that operating systems cannot be developed and distributed noncommercially.)
5799 For GNU and Unix systems, this queries the X server software; for
5800 MS-Windows, this queries the OS.
5802 The optional argument TERMINAL specifies which display to ask about.
5803 TERMINAL should be a terminal object, a frame or a display name (a string).
5804 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
5805 (Lisp_Object terminal
)
5807 return build_string ("Microsoft Corp.");
5810 DEFUN ("x-server-version", Fx_server_version
, Sx_server_version
, 0, 1, 0,
5811 doc
: /* Return the version numbers of the GUI software on TERMINAL.
5812 The value is a list of three integers specifying the version of the GUI
5815 For GNU and Unix system, the first 2 numbers are the version of the X
5816 Protocol used on TERMINAL and the 3rd number is the distributor-specific
5817 release number. For MS-Windows, the 3 numbers report the version and
5818 the build number of the OS.
5820 See also the function `x-server-vendor'.
5822 The optional argument TERMINAL specifies which display to ask about.
5823 TERMINAL should be a terminal object, a frame or a display name (a string).
5824 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
5825 (Lisp_Object terminal
)
5827 return list3i (w32_major_version
, w32_minor_version
, w32_build_number
);
5830 DEFUN ("x-display-screens", Fx_display_screens
, Sx_display_screens
, 0, 1, 0,
5831 doc
: /* Return the number of screens on the server of DISPLAY.
5832 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
5833 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
5834 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
5835 (Lisp_Object display
)
5837 return make_number (1);
5840 DEFUN ("x-display-mm-height", Fx_display_mm_height
,
5841 Sx_display_mm_height
, 0, 1, 0,
5842 doc
: /* Return the height in millimeters of DISPLAY.
5843 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
5844 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
5845 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.
5847 On \"multi-monitor\" setups this refers to the height in millimeters for
5848 all physical monitors associated with DISPLAY. To get information
5849 for each physical monitor, use `display-monitor-attributes-list'. */)
5850 (Lisp_Object display
)
5852 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= check_x_display_info (display
);
5854 double mm_per_pixel
;
5857 mm_per_pixel
= ((double) GetDeviceCaps (hdc
, VERTSIZE
)
5858 / GetDeviceCaps (hdc
, VERTRES
));
5859 ReleaseDC (NULL
, hdc
);
5861 return make_number (x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
) * mm_per_pixel
+ 0.5);
5864 DEFUN ("x-display-mm-width", Fx_display_mm_width
, Sx_display_mm_width
, 0, 1, 0,
5865 doc
: /* Return the width in millimeters of DISPLAY.
5866 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
5867 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
5868 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.
5870 On \"multi-monitor\" setups this refers to the width in millimeters for
5871 all physical monitors associated with TERMINAL. To get information
5872 for each physical monitor, use `display-monitor-attributes-list'. */)
5873 (Lisp_Object display
)
5875 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= check_x_display_info (display
);
5877 double mm_per_pixel
;
5880 mm_per_pixel
= ((double) GetDeviceCaps (hdc
, HORZSIZE
)
5881 / GetDeviceCaps (hdc
, HORZRES
));
5882 ReleaseDC (NULL
, hdc
);
5884 return make_number (x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
) * mm_per_pixel
+ 0.5);
5887 DEFUN ("x-display-backing-store", Fx_display_backing_store
,
5888 Sx_display_backing_store
, 0, 1, 0,
5889 doc
: /* Return an indication of whether DISPLAY does backing store.
5890 The value may be `always', `when-mapped', or `not-useful'.
5891 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
5892 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
5893 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
5894 (Lisp_Object display
)
5896 return intern ("not-useful");
5899 DEFUN ("x-display-visual-class", Fx_display_visual_class
,
5900 Sx_display_visual_class
, 0, 1, 0,
5901 doc
: /* Return the visual class of DISPLAY.
5902 The value is one of the symbols `static-gray', `gray-scale',
5903 `static-color', `pseudo-color', `true-color', or `direct-color'.
5905 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
5906 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
5907 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
5908 (Lisp_Object display
)
5910 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= check_x_display_info (display
);
5911 Lisp_Object result
= Qnil
;
5913 if (dpyinfo
->has_palette
)
5914 result
= intern ("pseudo-color");
5915 else if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
* dpyinfo
->n_cbits
== 1)
5916 result
= intern ("static-grey");
5917 else if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
* dpyinfo
->n_cbits
== 4)
5918 result
= intern ("static-color");
5919 else if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
* dpyinfo
->n_cbits
> 8)
5920 result
= intern ("true-color");
5925 DEFUN ("x-display-save-under", Fx_display_save_under
,
5926 Sx_display_save_under
, 0, 1, 0,
5927 doc
: /* Return t if DISPLAY supports the save-under feature.
5928 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
5929 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
5930 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
5931 (Lisp_Object display
)
5936 static BOOL CALLBACK ALIGN_STACK
5937 w32_monitor_enum (HMONITOR monitor
, HDC hdc
, RECT
*rcMonitor
, LPARAM dwData
)
5939 Lisp_Object
*monitor_list
= (Lisp_Object
*) dwData
;
5941 *monitor_list
= Fcons (make_save_ptr (monitor
), *monitor_list
);
5947 w32_display_monitor_attributes_list (void)
5949 Lisp_Object attributes_list
= Qnil
, primary_monitor_attributes
= Qnil
;
5950 Lisp_Object monitor_list
= Qnil
, monitor_frames
, rest
, frame
;
5954 if (!(enum_display_monitors_fn
&& get_monitor_info_fn
5955 && monitor_from_window_fn
))
5958 if (!enum_display_monitors_fn (NULL
, NULL
, w32_monitor_enum
,
5959 (LPARAM
) &monitor_list
)
5960 || NILP (monitor_list
))
5964 for (rest
= monitor_list
; CONSP (rest
); rest
= XCDR (rest
))
5967 monitors
= xmalloc (n_monitors
* sizeof (*monitors
));
5968 for (i
= 0; i
< n_monitors
; i
++)
5970 monitors
[i
] = XSAVE_POINTER (XCAR (monitor_list
), 0);
5971 monitor_list
= XCDR (monitor_list
);
5974 monitor_frames
= Fmake_vector (make_number (n_monitors
), Qnil
);
5975 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
5977 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
5979 if (FRAME_W32_P (f
) && !EQ (frame
, tip_frame
))
5982 monitor_from_window_fn (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
),
5983 MONITOR_DEFAULT_TO_NEAREST
);
5985 for (i
= 0; i
< n_monitors
; i
++)
5986 if (monitors
[i
] == monitor
)
5990 ASET (monitor_frames
, i
, Fcons (frame
, AREF (monitor_frames
, i
)));
5994 for (i
= 0; i
< n_monitors
; i
++)
5996 Lisp_Object geometry
, workarea
, name
, attributes
= Qnil
;
5998 int width_mm
, height_mm
;
5999 struct MONITOR_INFO_EX mi
;
6001 mi
.cbSize
= sizeof (mi
);
6002 if (!get_monitor_info_fn (monitors
[i
], (struct MONITOR_INFO
*) &mi
))
6005 hdc
= CreateDCA ("DISPLAY", mi
.szDevice
, NULL
, NULL
);
6008 width_mm
= GetDeviceCaps (hdc
, HORZSIZE
);
6009 height_mm
= GetDeviceCaps (hdc
, VERTSIZE
);
6012 attributes
= Fcons (Fcons (Qframes
, AREF (monitor_frames
, i
)),
6015 name
= DECODE_SYSTEM (build_unibyte_string (mi
.szDevice
));
6017 attributes
= Fcons (Fcons (Qname
, name
), attributes
);
6019 attributes
= Fcons (Fcons (Qmm_size
, list2i (width_mm
, height_mm
)),
6022 workarea
= list4i (mi
.rcWork
.left
, mi
.rcWork
.top
,
6023 mi
.rcWork
.right
- mi
.rcWork
.left
,
6024 mi
.rcWork
.bottom
- mi
.rcWork
.top
);
6025 attributes
= Fcons (Fcons (Qworkarea
, workarea
), attributes
);
6027 geometry
= list4i (mi
.rcMonitor
.left
, mi
.rcMonitor
.top
,
6028 mi
.rcMonitor
.right
- mi
.rcMonitor
.left
,
6029 mi
.rcMonitor
.bottom
- mi
.rcMonitor
.top
);
6030 attributes
= Fcons (Fcons (Qgeometry
, geometry
), attributes
);
6032 if (mi
.dwFlags
& MONITORINFOF_PRIMARY
)
6033 primary_monitor_attributes
= attributes
;
6035 attributes_list
= Fcons (attributes
, attributes_list
);
6038 if (!NILP (primary_monitor_attributes
))
6039 attributes_list
= Fcons (primary_monitor_attributes
, attributes_list
);
6043 return attributes_list
;
6047 w32_display_monitor_attributes_list_fallback (struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
6049 Lisp_Object geometry
, workarea
, frames
, rest
, frame
, attributes
= Qnil
;
6051 double mm_per_pixel
;
6052 int pixel_width
, pixel_height
, width_mm
, height_mm
;
6055 /* Fallback: treat (possibly) multiple physical monitors as if they
6056 formed a single monitor as a whole. This should provide a
6057 consistent result at least on single monitor environments. */
6058 attributes
= Fcons (Fcons (Qname
, build_string ("combined screen")),
6062 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
6064 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
6066 if (FRAME_W32_P (f
) && !EQ (frame
, tip_frame
))
6067 frames
= Fcons (frame
, frames
);
6069 attributes
= Fcons (Fcons (Qframes
, frames
), attributes
);
6071 pixel_width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
6072 pixel_height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
6075 mm_per_pixel
= ((double) GetDeviceCaps (hdc
, HORZSIZE
)
6076 / GetDeviceCaps (hdc
, HORZRES
));
6077 width_mm
= pixel_width
* mm_per_pixel
+ 0.5;
6078 mm_per_pixel
= ((double) GetDeviceCaps (hdc
, VERTSIZE
)
6079 / GetDeviceCaps (hdc
, VERTRES
));
6080 height_mm
= pixel_height
* mm_per_pixel
+ 0.5;
6081 ReleaseDC (NULL
, hdc
);
6082 attributes
= Fcons (Fcons (Qmm_size
, list2i (width_mm
, height_mm
)),
6085 /* GetSystemMetrics below may return 0 for Windows 95 or NT 4.0, but
6087 geometry
= list4i (GetSystemMetrics (SM_XVIRTUALSCREEN
),
6088 GetSystemMetrics (SM_YVIRTUALSCREEN
),
6089 pixel_width
, pixel_height
);
6090 if (SystemParametersInfo (SPI_GETWORKAREA
, 0, &workarea_rect
, 0))
6091 workarea
= list4i (workarea_rect
.left
, workarea_rect
.top
,
6092 workarea_rect
.right
- workarea_rect
.left
,
6093 workarea_rect
.bottom
- workarea_rect
.top
);
6095 workarea
= geometry
;
6096 attributes
= Fcons (Fcons (Qworkarea
, workarea
), attributes
);
6098 attributes
= Fcons (Fcons (Qgeometry
, geometry
), attributes
);
6100 return list1 (attributes
);
6103 DEFUN ("w32-display-monitor-attributes-list", Fw32_display_monitor_attributes_list
,
6104 Sw32_display_monitor_attributes_list
,
6106 doc
: /* Return a list of physical monitor attributes on the W32 display DISPLAY.
6108 The optional argument DISPLAY specifies which display to ask about.
6109 DISPLAY should be either a frame or a display name (a string).
6110 If omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display.
6112 Internal use only, use `display-monitor-attributes-list' instead. */)
6113 (Lisp_Object display
)
6115 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= check_x_display_info (display
);
6116 Lisp_Object attributes_list
;
6119 attributes_list
= w32_display_monitor_attributes_list ();
6120 if (NILP (attributes_list
))
6121 attributes_list
= w32_display_monitor_attributes_list_fallback (dpyinfo
);
6124 return attributes_list
;
6127 DEFUN ("set-message-beep", Fset_message_beep
, Sset_message_beep
, 1, 1, 0,
6128 doc
: /* Set the sound generated when the bell is rung.
6129 SOUND is `asterisk', `exclamation', `hand', `question', `ok', or `silent'
6130 to use the corresponding system sound for the bell. The `silent' sound
6131 prevents Emacs from making any sound at all.
6132 SOUND is nil to use the normal beep. */)
6135 CHECK_SYMBOL (sound
);
6138 sound_type
= 0xFFFFFFFF;
6139 else if (EQ (sound
, intern ("asterisk")))
6140 sound_type
= MB_ICONASTERISK
;
6141 else if (EQ (sound
, intern ("exclamation")))
6142 sound_type
= MB_ICONEXCLAMATION
;
6143 else if (EQ (sound
, intern ("hand")))
6144 sound_type
= MB_ICONHAND
;
6145 else if (EQ (sound
, intern ("question")))
6146 sound_type
= MB_ICONQUESTION
;
6147 else if (EQ (sound
, intern ("ok")))
6149 else if (EQ (sound
, intern ("silent")))
6150 sound_type
= MB_EMACS_SILENT
;
6152 sound_type
= 0xFFFFFFFF;
6159 x_screen_planes (register struct frame
*f
)
6161 return FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->n_planes
;
6165 /* Return the display structure for the display named NAME.
6166 Open a new connection if necessary. */
6168 struct w32_display_info
*
6169 x_display_info_for_name (Lisp_Object name
)
6171 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6173 CHECK_STRING (name
);
6175 for (dpyinfo
= &one_w32_display_info
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
6176 if (!NILP (Fstring_equal (XCAR (dpyinfo
->name_list_element
), name
)))
6179 /* Use this general default value to start with. */
6180 Vx_resource_name
= Vinvocation_name
;
6182 validate_x_resource_name ();
6184 dpyinfo
= w32_term_init (name
, NULL
, SSDATA (Vx_resource_name
));
6187 error ("Cannot connect to server %s", SDATA (name
));
6189 XSETFASTINT (Vwindow_system_version
, w32_major_version
);
6194 DEFUN ("x-open-connection", Fx_open_connection
, Sx_open_connection
,
6195 1, 3, 0, doc
: /* Open a connection to a display server.
6196 DISPLAY is the name of the display to connect to.
6197 Optional second arg XRM-STRING is a string of resources in xrdb format.
6198 If the optional third arg MUST-SUCCEED is non-nil,
6199 terminate Emacs if we can't open the connection.
6200 \(In the Nextstep version, the last two arguments are currently ignored.) */)
6201 (Lisp_Object display
, Lisp_Object xrm_string
, Lisp_Object must_succeed
)
6204 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
6206 CHECK_STRING (display
);
6208 /* Signal an error in order to encourage correct use from callers.
6209 * If we ever support multiple window systems in the same Emacs,
6210 * we'll need callers to be precise about what window system they
6213 if (strcmp (SSDATA (display
), "w32") != 0)
6214 error ("The name of the display in this Emacs must be \"w32\"");
6216 /* If initialization has already been done, return now to avoid
6217 overwriting critical parts of one_w32_display_info. */
6218 if (window_system_available (NULL
))
6221 if (! NILP (xrm_string
))
6222 CHECK_STRING (xrm_string
);
6224 /* Allow color mapping to be defined externally; first look in user's
6225 HOME directory, then in Emacs etc dir for a file called rgb.txt. */
6227 Lisp_Object color_file
;
6229 color_file
= build_string ("~/rgb.txt");
6231 if (NILP (Ffile_readable_p (color_file
)))
6233 Fexpand_file_name (build_string ("rgb.txt"),
6234 Fsymbol_value (intern ("data-directory")));
6236 Vw32_color_map
= Fx_load_color_file (color_file
);
6238 if (NILP (Vw32_color_map
))
6239 Vw32_color_map
= w32_default_color_map ();
6241 /* Merge in system logical colors. */
6242 add_system_logical_colors_to_map (&Vw32_color_map
);
6244 if (! NILP (xrm_string
))
6245 xrm_option
= SSDATA (xrm_string
);
6249 /* Use this general default value to start with. */
6250 /* First remove .exe suffix from invocation-name - it looks ugly. */
6252 char basename
[ MAX_PATH
], *str
;
6254 lispstpcpy (basename
, Vinvocation_name
);
6255 str
= strrchr (basename
, '.');
6257 Vinvocation_name
= build_string (basename
);
6259 Vx_resource_name
= Vinvocation_name
;
6261 validate_x_resource_name ();
6263 /* This is what opens the connection and sets x_current_display.
6264 This also initializes many symbols, such as those used for input. */
6265 dpyinfo
= w32_term_init (display
, xrm_option
, SSDATA (Vx_resource_name
));
6269 if (!NILP (must_succeed
))
6270 fatal ("Cannot connect to server %s.\n",
6273 error ("Cannot connect to server %s", SDATA (display
));
6276 XSETFASTINT (Vwindow_system_version
, w32_major_version
);
6280 DEFUN ("x-close-connection", Fx_close_connection
,
6281 Sx_close_connection
, 1, 1, 0,
6282 doc
: /* Close the connection to DISPLAY's server.
6283 For DISPLAY, specify either a frame or a display name (a string).
6284 If DISPLAY is nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
6285 (Lisp_Object display
)
6287 struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
= check_x_display_info (display
);
6289 if (dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
6290 error ("Display still has frames on it");
6293 x_destroy_all_bitmaps (dpyinfo
);
6295 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
6301 DEFUN ("x-display-list", Fx_display_list
, Sx_display_list
, 0, 0, 0,
6302 doc
: /* Return the list of display names that Emacs has connections to. */)
6305 Lisp_Object result
= Qnil
;
6306 struct w32_display_info
*wdi
;
6308 for (wdi
= x_display_list
; wdi
; wdi
= wdi
->next
)
6309 result
= Fcons (XCAR (wdi
->name_list_element
), result
);
6314 DEFUN ("x-synchronize", Fx_synchronize
, Sx_synchronize
, 1, 2, 0,
6315 doc
: /* If ON is non-nil, report X errors as soon as the erring request is made.
6316 This function only has an effect on X Windows. With MS Windows, it is
6317 defined but does nothing.
6319 If ON is nil, allow buffering of requests.
6320 Turning on synchronization prohibits the Xlib routines from buffering
6321 requests and seriously degrades performance, but makes debugging much
6323 The optional second argument TERMINAL specifies which display to act on.
6324 TERMINAL should be a terminal object, a frame or a display name (a string).
6325 If TERMINAL is omitted or nil, that stands for the selected frame's display. */)
6326 (Lisp_Object on
, Lisp_Object display
)
6333 /***********************************************************************
6335 ***********************************************************************/
6337 #if 0 /* TODO : port window properties to W32 */
6339 DEFUN ("x-change-window-property", Fx_change_window_property
,
6340 Sx_change_window_property
, 2, 6, 0,
6341 doc
: /* Change window property PROP to VALUE on the X window of FRAME.
6342 PROP must be a string. VALUE may be a string or a list of conses,
6343 numbers and/or strings. If an element in the list is a string, it is
6344 converted to an atom and the value of the Atom is used. If an element
6345 is a cons, it is converted to a 32 bit number where the car is the 16
6346 top bits and the cdr is the lower 16 bits.
6348 FRAME nil or omitted means use the selected frame.
6349 If TYPE is given and non-nil, it is the name of the type of VALUE.
6350 If TYPE is not given or nil, the type is STRING.
6351 FORMAT gives the size in bits of each element if VALUE is a list.
6352 It must be one of 8, 16 or 32.
6353 If VALUE is a string or FORMAT is nil or not given, FORMAT defaults to 8.
6354 If OUTER-P is non-nil, the property is changed for the outer X window of
6355 FRAME. Default is to change on the edit X window. */)
6356 (Lisp_Object prop
, Lisp_Object value
, Lisp_Object frame
,
6357 Lisp_Object type
, Lisp_Object format
, Lisp_Object outer_p
)
6359 struct frame
*f
= decode_window_system_frame (frame
);
6362 CHECK_STRING (prop
);
6363 CHECK_STRING (value
);
6366 prop_atom
= XInternAtom (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), SDATA (prop
), False
);
6367 XChangeProperty (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
),
6368 prop_atom
, XA_STRING
, 8, PropModeReplace
,
6369 SDATA (value
), SCHARS (value
));
6371 /* Make sure the property is set when we return. */
6372 XFlush (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
));
6379 DEFUN ("x-delete-window-property", Fx_delete_window_property
,
6380 Sx_delete_window_property
, 1, 2, 0,
6381 doc
: /* Remove window property PROP from X window of FRAME.
6382 FRAME nil or omitted means use the selected frame. Value is PROP. */)
6383 (Lisp_Object prop
, Lisp_Object frame
)
6385 struct frame
*f
= decode_window_system_frame (frame
);
6388 CHECK_STRING (prop
);
6390 prop_atom
= XInternAtom (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), SDATA (prop
), False
);
6391 XDeleteProperty (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
), prop_atom
);
6393 /* Make sure the property is removed when we return. */
6394 XFlush (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
));
6401 DEFUN ("x-window-property", Fx_window_property
, Sx_window_property
,
6403 doc
: /* Value is the value of window property PROP on FRAME.
6404 If FRAME is nil or omitted, use the selected frame.
6406 On X Windows, the following optional arguments are also accepted:
6407 If TYPE is nil or omitted, get the property as a string.
6408 Otherwise TYPE is the name of the atom that denotes the type expected.
6409 If SOURCE is non-nil, get the property on that window instead of from
6410 FRAME. The number 0 denotes the root window.
6411 If DELETE-P is non-nil, delete the property after retrieving it.
6412 If VECTOR-RET-P is non-nil, don't return a string but a vector of values.
6414 On MS Windows, this function accepts but ignores those optional arguments.
6416 Value is nil if FRAME hasn't a property with name PROP or if PROP has
6417 no value of TYPE (always string in the MS Windows case). */)
6418 (Lisp_Object prop
, Lisp_Object frame
, Lisp_Object type
,
6419 Lisp_Object source
, Lisp_Object delete_p
, Lisp_Object vector_ret_p
)
6421 struct frame
*f
= decode_window_system_frame (frame
);
6424 Lisp_Object prop_value
= Qnil
;
6425 char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
6428 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
6430 CHECK_STRING (prop
);
6432 prop_atom
= XInternAtom (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), SDATA (prop
), False
);
6433 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
),
6434 prop_atom
, 0, 0, False
, XA_STRING
,
6435 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
6436 &bytes_remaining
, (unsigned char **) &tmp_data
);
6439 int size
= bytes_remaining
;
6444 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (FRAME_W32_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
),
6445 prop_atom
, 0, bytes_remaining
,
6447 &actual_type
, &actual_format
,
6448 &actual_size
, &bytes_remaining
,
6449 (unsigned char **) &tmp_data
);
6451 prop_value
= make_string (tmp_data
, size
);
6465 /***********************************************************************
6467 ***********************************************************************/
6469 static void compute_tip_xy (struct frame
*, Lisp_Object
, Lisp_Object
,
6470 Lisp_Object
, int, int, int *, int *);
6472 /* The frame of a currently visible tooltip. */
6474 Lisp_Object tip_frame
;
6476 /* If non-nil, a timer started that hides the last tooltip when it
6479 Lisp_Object tip_timer
;
6482 /* If non-nil, a vector of 3 elements containing the last args
6483 with which x-show-tip was called. See there. */
6485 Lisp_Object last_show_tip_args
;
6489 unwind_create_tip_frame (Lisp_Object frame
)
6491 Lisp_Object deleted
;
6493 deleted
= unwind_create_frame (frame
);
6494 if (EQ (deleted
, Qt
))
6502 /* Create a frame for a tooltip on the display described by DPYINFO.
6503 PARMS is a list of frame parameters. Value is the frame.
6505 Note that functions called here, esp. x_default_parameter can
6506 signal errors, for instance when a specified color name is
6507 undefined. We have to make sure that we're in a consistent state
6508 when this happens. */
6511 x_create_tip_frame (struct w32_display_info
*dpyinfo
, Lisp_Object parms
)
6517 ptrdiff_t count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
6519 bool face_change_before
= face_change
;
6520 int x_width
= 0, x_height
= 0;
6522 /* Use this general default value to start with until we know if
6523 this frame has a specified name. */
6524 Vx_resource_name
= Vinvocation_name
;
6526 kb
= dpyinfo
->terminal
->kboard
;
6528 /* The calls to x_get_arg remove elements from PARMS, so copy it to
6529 avoid destructive changes behind our caller's back. */
6530 parms
= Fcopy_alist (parms
);
6532 /* Get the name of the frame to use for resource lookup. */
6533 name
= x_get_arg (dpyinfo
, parms
, Qname
, "name", "Name", RES_TYPE_STRING
);
6535 && !EQ (name
, Qunbound
)
6537 error ("Invalid frame name--not a string or nil");
6538 Vx_resource_name
= name
;
6541 /* Make a frame without minibuffer nor mode-line. */
6542 f
= make_frame (false);
6543 f
->wants_modeline
= false;
6544 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
6546 record_unwind_protect (unwind_create_tip_frame
, frame
);
6548 /* By setting the output method, we're essentially saying that
6549 the frame is live, as per FRAME_LIVE_P. If we get a signal
6550 from this point on, x_destroy_window might screw up reference
6552 f
->terminal
= dpyinfo
->terminal
;
6553 f
->output_method
= output_w32
;
6554 f
->output_data
.w32
= xzalloc (sizeof (struct w32_output
));
6556 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = -1;
6557 fset_icon_name (f
, Qnil
);
6560 image_cache_refcount
=
6561 FRAME_IMAGE_CACHE (f
) ? FRAME_IMAGE_CACHE (f
)->refcount
: 0;
6562 dpyinfo_refcount
= dpyinfo
->reference_count
;
6563 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
6564 FRAME_KBOARD (f
) = kb
;
6565 f
->output_data
.w32
->parent_desc
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
;
6566 f
->output_data
.w32
->explicit_parent
= false;
6568 /* Set the name; the functions to which we pass f expect the name to
6570 if (EQ (name
, Qunbound
) || NILP (name
))
6572 fset_name (f
, build_string (dpyinfo
->w32_id_name
));
6573 f
->explicit_name
= false;
6577 fset_name (f
, name
);
6578 f
->explicit_name
= true;
6579 /* Use the frame's title when getting resources for this frame. */
6580 specbind (Qx_resource_name
, name
);
6583 if (uniscribe_available
)
6584 register_font_driver (&uniscribe_font_driver
, f
);
6585 register_font_driver (&w32font_driver
, f
);
6587 x_default_parameter (f
, parms
, Qfont_backend
, Qnil
,
6588 "fontBackend", "FontBackend", RES_TYPE_STRING
);
6590 /* Extract the window parameters from the supplied values
6591 that are needed to determine window geometry. */
6592 x_default_font_parameter (f
, parms
);
6594 x_default_parameter (f
, parms
, Qborder_width
, make_number (2),
6595 "borderWidth", "BorderWidth", RES_TYPE_NUMBER
);
6596 /* This defaults to 2 in order to match xterm. We recognize either
6597 internalBorderWidth or internalBorder (which is what xterm calls
6599 if (NILP (Fassq (Qinternal_border_width
, parms
)))
6603 value
= x_get_arg (dpyinfo
, parms
, Qinternal_border_width
,
6604 "internalBorder", "internalBorder", RES_TYPE_NUMBER
);
6605 if (! EQ (value
, Qunbound
))
6606 parms
= Fcons (Fcons (Qinternal_border_width
, value
),
6610 x_default_parameter (f
, parms
, Qinternal_border_width
, make_number (1),
6611 "internalBorderWidth", "internalBorderWidth",
6613 /* Also do the stuff which must be set before the window exists. */
6614 x_default_parameter (f
, parms
, Qforeground_color
, build_string ("black"),
6615 "foreground", "Foreground", RES_TYPE_STRING
);
6616 x_default_parameter (f
, parms
, Qbackground_color
, build_string ("white"),
6617 "background", "Background", RES_TYPE_STRING
);
6618 x_default_parameter (f
, parms
, Qmouse_color
, build_string ("black"),
6619 "pointerColor", "Foreground", RES_TYPE_STRING
);
6620 x_default_parameter (f
, parms
, Qcursor_color
, build_string ("black"),
6621 "cursorColor", "Foreground", RES_TYPE_STRING
);
6622 x_default_parameter (f
, parms
, Qborder_color
, build_string ("black"),
6623 "borderColor", "BorderColor", RES_TYPE_STRING
);
6625 /* Init faces before x_default_parameter is called for the
6626 scroll-bar-width parameter because otherwise we end up in
6627 init_iterator with a null face cache, which should not happen. */
6628 init_frame_faces (f
);
6630 f
->output_data
.w32
->dwStyle
= WS_BORDER
| WS_POPUP
| WS_DISABLED
;
6631 f
->output_data
.w32
->parent_desc
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
;
6633 x_figure_window_size (f
, parms
, true, &x_width
, &x_height
);
6635 /* No fringes on tip frame. */
6637 f
->left_fringe_width
= 0;
6638 f
->right_fringe_width
= 0;
6639 /* No dividers on tip frame. */
6640 f
->right_divider_width
= 0;
6641 f
->bottom_divider_width
= 0;
6644 my_create_tip_window (f
);
6649 x_default_parameter (f
, parms
, Qauto_raise
, Qnil
,
6650 "autoRaise", "AutoRaiseLower", RES_TYPE_BOOLEAN
);
6651 x_default_parameter (f
, parms
, Qauto_lower
, Qnil
,
6652 "autoLower", "AutoRaiseLower", RES_TYPE_BOOLEAN
);
6653 x_default_parameter (f
, parms
, Qcursor_type
, Qbox
,
6654 "cursorType", "CursorType", RES_TYPE_SYMBOL
);
6655 /* Process alpha here (Bug#17344). */
6656 x_default_parameter (f
, parms
, Qalpha
, Qnil
,
6657 "alpha", "Alpha", RES_TYPE_NUMBER
);
6659 /* Dimensions, especially FRAME_LINES (f), must be done via
6660 change_frame_size. Change will not be effected unless different
6661 from the current FRAME_LINES (f). */
6662 width
= FRAME_COLS (f
);
6663 height
= FRAME_LINES (f
);
6664 SET_FRAME_COLS (f
, 0);
6665 SET_FRAME_LINES (f
, 0);
6666 adjust_frame_size (f
, width
* FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
),
6667 height
* FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
), 0, true, Qtip_frame
);
6668 /* Add `tooltip' frame parameter's default value. */
6669 if (NILP (Fframe_parameter (frame
, Qtooltip
)))
6670 Fmodify_frame_parameters (frame
, Fcons (Fcons (Qtooltip
, Qt
), Qnil
));
6672 /* Set up faces after all frame parameters are known. This call
6673 also merges in face attributes specified for new frames.
6675 Frame parameters may be changed if .Xdefaults contains
6676 specifications for the default font. For example, if there is an
6677 `Emacs.default.attributeBackground: pink', the `background-color'
6678 attribute of the frame get's set, which let's the internal border
6679 of the tooltip frame appear in pink. Prevent this. */
6681 Lisp_Object bg
= Fframe_parameter (frame
, Qbackground_color
);
6682 Lisp_Object fg
= Fframe_parameter (frame
, Qforeground_color
);
6683 Lisp_Object colors
= Qnil
;
6685 call2 (Qface_set_after_frame_default
, frame
, Qnil
);
6687 if (!EQ (bg
, Fframe_parameter (frame
, Qbackground_color
)))
6688 colors
= Fcons (Fcons (Qbackground_color
, bg
), colors
);
6689 if (!EQ (fg
, Fframe_parameter (frame
, Qforeground_color
)))
6690 colors
= Fcons (Fcons (Qforeground_color
, fg
), colors
);
6693 Fmodify_frame_parameters (frame
, colors
);
6698 /* Now that the frame is official, it counts as a reference to
6700 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->reference_count
++;
6701 f
->terminal
->reference_count
++;
6703 /* It is now ok to make the frame official even if we get an error
6704 below. And the frame needs to be on Vframe_list or making it
6705 visible won't work. */
6706 Vframe_list
= Fcons (frame
, Vframe_list
);
6707 f
->can_x_set_window_size
= true;
6709 /* Setting attributes of faces of the tooltip frame from resources
6710 and similar will set face_change, which leads to the
6711 clearing of all current matrices. Since this isn't necessary
6712 here, avoid it by resetting face_change to the value it
6713 had before we created the tip frame. */
6714 face_change
= face_change_before
;
6716 /* Discard the unwind_protect. */
6717 return unbind_to (count
, frame
);
6721 /* Compute where to display tip frame F. PARMS is the list of frame
6722 parameters for F. DX and DY are specified offsets from the current
6723 location of the mouse. WIDTH and HEIGHT are the width and height
6724 of the tooltip. Return coordinates relative to the root window of
6725 the display in *ROOT_X and *ROOT_Y. */
6728 compute_tip_xy (struct frame
*f
,
6729 Lisp_Object parms
, Lisp_Object dx
, Lisp_Object dy
,
6730 int width
, int height
, int *root_x
, int *root_y
)
6732 Lisp_Object left
, top
, right
, bottom
;
6733 int min_x
, min_y
, max_x
, max_y
;
6735 /* User-specified position? */
6736 left
= Fcdr (Fassq (Qleft
, parms
));
6737 top
= Fcdr (Fassq (Qtop
, parms
));
6738 right
= Fcdr (Fassq (Qright
, parms
));
6739 bottom
= Fcdr (Fassq (Qbottom
, parms
));
6741 /* Move the tooltip window where the mouse pointer is. Resize and
6743 if ((!INTEGERP (left
) && !INTEGERP (right
))
6744 || (!INTEGERP (top
) && !INTEGERP (bottom
)))
6748 /* Default min and max values. */
6751 max_x
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
));
6752 max_y
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
));
6760 /* If multiple monitor support is available, constrain the tip onto
6761 the current monitor. This improves the above by allowing negative
6762 co-ordinates if monitor positions are such that they are valid, and
6763 snaps a tooltip onto a single monitor if we are close to the edge
6764 where it would otherwise flow onto the other monitor (or into
6765 nothingness if there is a gap in the overlap). */
6766 if (monitor_from_point_fn
&& get_monitor_info_fn
)
6768 struct MONITOR_INFO info
;
6770 = monitor_from_point_fn (pt
, MONITOR_DEFAULT_TO_NEAREST
);
6771 info
.cbSize
= sizeof (info
);
6773 if (get_monitor_info_fn (monitor
, &info
))
6775 min_x
= info
.rcWork
.left
;
6776 min_y
= info
.rcWork
.top
;
6777 max_x
= info
.rcWork
.right
;
6778 max_y
= info
.rcWork
.bottom
;
6784 *root_y
= XINT (top
);
6785 else if (INTEGERP (bottom
))
6786 *root_y
= XINT (bottom
) - height
;
6787 else if (*root_y
+ XINT (dy
) <= min_y
)
6788 *root_y
= min_y
; /* Can happen for negative dy */
6789 else if (*root_y
+ XINT (dy
) + height
<= max_y
)
6790 /* It fits below the pointer */
6791 *root_y
+= XINT (dy
);
6792 else if (height
+ XINT (dy
) + min_y
<= *root_y
)
6793 /* It fits above the pointer. */
6794 *root_y
-= height
+ XINT (dy
);
6796 /* Put it on the top. */
6799 if (INTEGERP (left
))
6800 *root_x
= XINT (left
);
6801 else if (INTEGERP (right
))
6802 *root_x
= XINT (right
) - width
;
6803 else if (*root_x
+ XINT (dx
) <= min_x
)
6804 *root_x
= 0; /* Can happen for negative dx */
6805 else if (*root_x
+ XINT (dx
) + width
<= max_x
)
6806 /* It fits to the right of the pointer. */
6807 *root_x
+= XINT (dx
);
6808 else if (width
+ XINT (dx
) + min_x
<= *root_x
)
6809 /* It fits to the left of the pointer. */
6810 *root_x
-= width
+ XINT (dx
);
6812 /* Put it left justified on the screen -- it ought to fit that way. */
6816 /* Hide tooltip. Delete its frame if DELETE is true. */
6818 x_hide_tip (bool delete)
6820 if (!NILP (tip_timer
))
6822 call1 (Qcancel_timer
, tip_timer
);
6826 if (NILP (tip_frame
)
6827 || (!delete && FRAMEP (tip_frame
)
6828 && !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (tip_frame
))))
6833 Lisp_Object was_open
= Qnil
;
6835 count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
6836 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
6837 specbind (Qinhibit_quit
, Qt
);
6839 if (FRAMEP (tip_frame
))
6843 delete_frame (tip_frame
, Qnil
);
6847 x_make_frame_invisible (XFRAME (tip_frame
));
6854 return unbind_to (count
, was_open
);
6859 DEFUN ("x-show-tip", Fx_show_tip
, Sx_show_tip
, 1, 6, 0,
6860 doc
: /* Show STRING in a \"tooltip\" window on frame FRAME.
6861 A tooltip window is a small window displaying a string.
6863 This is an internal function; Lisp code should call `tooltip-show'.
6865 FRAME nil or omitted means use the selected frame.
6867 PARMS is an optional list of frame parameters which can be
6868 used to change the tooltip's appearance.
6870 Automatically hide the tooltip after TIMEOUT seconds. TIMEOUT nil
6871 means use the default timeout of 5 seconds.
6873 If the list of frame parameters PARMS contains a `left' parameter,
6874 display the tooltip at that x-position. If the list of frame parameters
6875 PARMS contains no `left' but a `right' parameter, display the tooltip
6876 right-adjusted at that x-position. Otherwise display it at the
6877 x-position of the mouse, with offset DX added (default is 5 if DX isn't
6880 Likewise for the y-position: If a `top' frame parameter is specified, it
6881 determines the position of the upper edge of the tooltip window. If a
6882 `bottom' parameter but no `top' frame parameter is specified, it
6883 determines the position of the lower edge of the tooltip window.
6884 Otherwise display the tooltip window at the y-position of the mouse,
6885 with offset DY added (default is -10).
6887 A tooltip's maximum size is specified by `x-max-tooltip-size'.
6888 Text larger than the specified size is clipped. */)
6889 (Lisp_Object string
, Lisp_Object frame
, Lisp_Object parms
, Lisp_Object timeout
, Lisp_Object dx
, Lisp_Object dy
)
6891 struct frame
*tip_f
;
6894 struct buffer
*old_buffer
;
6895 struct text_pos pos
;
6897 int old_windows_or_buffers_changed
= windows_or_buffers_changed
;
6898 ptrdiff_t count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
6900 Lisp_Object window
, size
;
6902 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
6904 CHECK_STRING (string
);
6905 decode_window_system_frame (frame
);
6907 timeout
= make_number (5);
6909 CHECK_NATNUM (timeout
);
6912 dx
= make_number (5);
6917 dy
= make_number (-10);
6921 if (NILP (last_show_tip_args
))
6922 last_show_tip_args
= Fmake_vector (make_number (3), Qnil
);
6924 if (FRAMEP (tip_frame
) && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (tip_frame
)))
6926 Lisp_Object last_string
= AREF (last_show_tip_args
, 0);
6927 Lisp_Object last_frame
= AREF (last_show_tip_args
, 1);
6928 Lisp_Object last_parms
= AREF (last_show_tip_args
, 2);
6930 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (XFRAME (tip_frame
))
6931 && EQ (frame
, last_frame
)
6932 && !NILP (Fequal_including_properties (last_string
, string
))
6933 && !NILP (Fequal (last_parms
, parms
)))
6935 /* Only DX and DY have changed. */
6936 tip_f
= XFRAME (tip_frame
);
6937 if (!NILP (tip_timer
))
6939 Lisp_Object timer
= tip_timer
;
6942 call1 (Qcancel_timer
, timer
);
6946 compute_tip_xy (tip_f
, parms
, dx
, dy
, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (tip_f
),
6947 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (tip_f
), &root_x
, &root_y
);
6949 /* Put tooltip in topmost group and in position. */
6950 SetWindowPos (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (tip_f
), HWND_TOPMOST
,
6951 root_x
, root_y
, 0, 0,
6952 SWP_NOSIZE
| SWP_NOACTIVATE
| SWP_NOOWNERZORDER
);
6954 /* Ensure tooltip is on top of other topmost windows (eg menus). */
6955 SetWindowPos (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (tip_f
), HWND_TOP
,
6957 SWP_NOMOVE
| SWP_NOSIZE
6958 | SWP_NOACTIVATE
| SWP_NOOWNERZORDER
);
6960 /* Let redisplay know that we have made the frame visible already. */
6961 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (tip_f
, 1);
6962 ShowWindow (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (tip_f
), SW_SHOWNOACTIVATE
);
6967 else if (tooltip_reuse_hidden_frame
&& EQ (frame
, last_frame
))
6969 bool delete = false;
6970 Lisp_Object tail
, elt
, parm
, last
;
6972 /* Check if every parameter in PARMS has the same value in
6973 last_parms. This may destruct last_parms which, however,
6974 will be recreated below. */
6975 for (tail
= parms
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
6979 /* The left, top, right and bottom parameters are handled
6980 by compute_tip_xy so they can be ignored here. */
6981 if (!EQ (parm
, Qleft
) && !EQ (parm
, Qtop
)
6982 && !EQ (parm
, Qright
) && !EQ (parm
, Qbottom
))
6984 last
= Fassq (parm
, last_parms
);
6985 if (NILP (Fequal (Fcdr (elt
), Fcdr (last
))))
6987 /* We lost, delete the old tooltip. */
6992 last_parms
= call2 (Qassq_delete_all
, parm
, last_parms
);
6995 last_parms
= call2 (Qassq_delete_all
, parm
, last_parms
);
6998 /* Now check if there's a parameter left in last_parms with a
7000 for (tail
= last_parms
; CONSP (tail
); tail
= XCDR (tail
))
7004 if (!EQ (parm
, Qleft
) && !EQ (parm
, Qtop
) && !EQ (parm
, Qright
)
7005 && !EQ (parm
, Qbottom
) && !NILP (Fcdr (elt
)))
7007 /* We lost, delete the old tooltip. */
7013 x_hide_tip (delete);
7021 ASET (last_show_tip_args
, 0, string
);
7022 ASET (last_show_tip_args
, 1, frame
);
7023 ASET (last_show_tip_args
, 2, parms
);
7025 /* Block input until the tip has been fully drawn, to avoid crashes
7026 when drawing tips in menus. */
7029 if (!FRAMEP (tip_frame
) || !FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (tip_frame
)))
7031 /* Add default values to frame parameters. */
7032 if (NILP (Fassq (Qname
, parms
)))
7033 parms
= Fcons (Fcons (Qname
, build_string ("tooltip")), parms
);
7034 if (NILP (Fassq (Qinternal_border_width
, parms
)))
7035 parms
= Fcons (Fcons (Qinternal_border_width
, make_number (3)), parms
);
7036 if (NILP (Fassq (Qborder_width
, parms
)))
7037 parms
= Fcons (Fcons (Qborder_width
, make_number (1)), parms
);
7038 if (NILP (Fassq (Qborder_color
, parms
)))
7039 parms
= Fcons (Fcons (Qborder_color
, build_string ("lightyellow")), parms
);
7040 if (NILP (Fassq (Qbackground_color
, parms
)))
7041 parms
= Fcons (Fcons (Qbackground_color
, build_string ("lightyellow")),
7044 /* Create a frame for the tooltip, and record it in the global
7045 variable tip_frame. */
7046 if (NILP (tip_frame
= x_create_tip_frame (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), parms
)))
7048 /* Creating the tip frame failed. */
7050 return unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
7054 tip_f
= XFRAME (tip_frame
);
7055 window
= FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (tip_f
);
7056 AUTO_STRING (tip
, " *tip*");
7057 set_window_buffer (window
, Fget_buffer_create (tip
), false, false);
7058 w
= XWINDOW (window
);
7059 w
->pseudo_window_p
= true;
7061 /* Set up the frame's root window. Note: The following code does not
7062 try to size the window or its frame correctly. Its only purpose is
7063 to make the subsequent text size calculations work. The right
7064 sizes should get installed when the toolkit gets back to us. */
7070 if (CONSP (Vx_max_tooltip_size
)
7071 && RANGED_INTEGERP (1, XCAR (Vx_max_tooltip_size
), INT_MAX
)
7072 && RANGED_INTEGERP (1, XCDR (Vx_max_tooltip_size
), INT_MAX
))
7074 w
->total_cols
= XFASTINT (XCAR (Vx_max_tooltip_size
));
7075 w
->total_lines
= XFASTINT (XCDR (Vx_max_tooltip_size
));
7080 w
->total_lines
= 40;
7083 w
->pixel_width
= w
->total_cols
* FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (tip_f
);
7084 w
->pixel_height
= w
->total_lines
* FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (tip_f
);
7085 FRAME_TOTAL_COLS (tip_f
) = WINDOW_TOTAL_COLS (w
);
7086 adjust_frame_glyphs (tip_f
);
7088 /* Insert STRING into the root window's buffer and fit the frame to
7090 count_1
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7091 old_buffer
= current_buffer
;
7092 set_buffer_internal_1 (XBUFFER (w
->contents
));
7093 bset_truncate_lines (current_buffer
, Qnil
);
7094 specbind (Qinhibit_read_only
, Qt
);
7095 specbind (Qinhibit_modification_hooks
, Qt
);
7096 specbind (Qinhibit_point_motion_hooks
, Qt
);
7098 Finsert (1, &string
);
7099 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->desired_matrix
);
7100 clear_glyph_matrix (w
->current_matrix
);
7101 SET_TEXT_POS (pos
, BEGV
, BEGV_BYTE
);
7102 try_window (window
, pos
, TRY_WINDOW_IGNORE_FONTS_CHANGE
);
7103 /* Calculate size of tooltip window. */
7104 size
= Fwindow_text_pixel_size (window
, Qnil
, Qnil
, Qnil
,
7105 make_number (w
->pixel_height
), Qnil
);
7106 /* Add the frame's internal border to calculated size. */
7107 width
= XINT (Fcar (size
)) + 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (tip_f
);
7108 height
= XINT (Fcdr (size
)) + 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (tip_f
);
7109 /* Calculate position of tooltip frame. */
7110 compute_tip_xy (tip_f
, parms
, dx
, dy
, width
, height
, &root_x
, &root_y
);
7112 /* Show tooltip frame. */
7115 int pad
= (NUMBERP (Vw32_tooltip_extra_pixels
)
7116 ? max (0, XINT (Vw32_tooltip_extra_pixels
))
7117 : FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (tip_f
));
7119 rect
.left
= rect
.top
= 0;
7121 rect
.bottom
= height
;
7122 AdjustWindowRect (&rect
, tip_f
->output_data
.w32
->dwStyle
,
7123 FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (tip_f
));
7125 /* Position and size tooltip and put it in the topmost group. */
7126 SetWindowPos (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (tip_f
), HWND_TOPMOST
,
7128 rect
.right
- rect
.left
+ pad
,
7129 rect
.bottom
- rect
.top
, SWP_NOACTIVATE
| SWP_NOOWNERZORDER
);
7131 /* Ensure tooltip is on top of other topmost windows (eg menus). */
7132 SetWindowPos (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (tip_f
), HWND_TOP
,
7134 SWP_NOMOVE
| SWP_NOSIZE
7135 | SWP_NOACTIVATE
| SWP_NOOWNERZORDER
);
7137 /* Let redisplay know that we have made the frame visible already. */
7138 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (tip_f
, 1);
7140 ShowWindow (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (tip_f
), SW_SHOWNOACTIVATE
);
7143 w
->must_be_updated_p
= true;
7144 update_single_window (w
);
7145 set_buffer_internal_1 (old_buffer
);
7146 unbind_to (count_1
, Qnil
);
7148 windows_or_buffers_changed
= old_windows_or_buffers_changed
;
7151 /* Let the tip disappear after timeout seconds. */
7152 tip_timer
= call3 (intern ("run-at-time"), timeout
, Qnil
,
7153 intern ("x-hide-tip"));
7155 return unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
7159 DEFUN ("x-hide-tip", Fx_hide_tip
, Sx_hide_tip
, 0, 0, 0,
7160 doc
: /* Hide the current tooltip window, if there is any.
7161 Value is t if tooltip was open, nil otherwise. */)
7164 return x_hide_tip (!tooltip_reuse_hidden_frame
);
7167 /***********************************************************************
7168 File selection dialog
7169 ***********************************************************************/
7171 #define FILE_NAME_TEXT_FIELD edt1
7172 #define FILE_NAME_COMBO_BOX cmb13
7173 #define FILE_NAME_LIST lst1
7175 /* Callback for altering the behavior of the Open File dialog.
7176 Makes the Filename text field contain "Current Directory" and be
7177 read-only when "Directories" is selected in the filter. This
7178 allows us to work around the fact that the standard Open File
7179 dialog does not support directories. */
7180 static UINT_PTR CALLBACK
7181 file_dialog_callback (HWND hwnd
, UINT msg
, WPARAM wParam
, LPARAM lParam
)
7183 if (msg
== WM_NOTIFY
)
7185 OFNOTIFYW
* notify_w
= (OFNOTIFYW
*)lParam
;
7186 OFNOTIFYA
* notify_a
= (OFNOTIFYA
*)lParam
;
7187 int dropdown_changed
;
7189 #ifdef NTGUI_UNICODE
7190 const int use_unicode
= 1;
7191 #else /* !NTGUI_UNICODE */
7192 int use_unicode
= w32_unicode_filenames
;
7193 #endif /* NTGUI_UNICODE */
7195 /* Detect when the Filter dropdown is changed. */
7198 notify_w
->hdr
.code
== CDN_TYPECHANGE
7199 || notify_w
->hdr
.code
== CDN_INITDONE
;
7202 notify_a
->hdr
.code
== CDN_TYPECHANGE
7203 || notify_a
->hdr
.code
== CDN_INITDONE
;
7204 if (dropdown_changed
)
7206 HWND dialog
= GetParent (hwnd
);
7207 HWND edit_control
= GetDlgItem (dialog
, FILE_NAME_TEXT_FIELD
);
7208 HWND list
= GetDlgItem (dialog
, FILE_NAME_LIST
);
7211 /* At least on Windows 7, the above attempt to get the window handle
7212 to the File Name Text Field fails. The following code does the
7213 job though. Note that this code is based on my examination of the
7214 window hierarchy using Microsoft Spy++. bk */
7215 if (edit_control
== NULL
)
7217 HWND tmp
= GetDlgItem (dialog
, FILE_NAME_COMBO_BOX
);
7220 tmp
= GetWindow (tmp
, GW_CHILD
);
7222 edit_control
= GetWindow (tmp
, GW_CHILD
);
7226 /* Directories is in index 2. */
7229 dir_index
= notify_w
->lpOFN
->nFilterIndex
;
7230 hdr_code
= notify_w
->hdr
.code
;
7234 dir_index
= notify_a
->lpOFN
->nFilterIndex
;
7235 hdr_code
= notify_a
->hdr
.code
;
7240 SendMessageW (dialog
, CDM_SETCONTROLTEXT
, FILE_NAME_TEXT_FIELD
,
7241 (LPARAM
)L
"Current Directory");
7243 SendMessageA (dialog
, CDM_SETCONTROLTEXT
, FILE_NAME_TEXT_FIELD
,
7244 (LPARAM
)"Current Directory");
7245 EnableWindow (edit_control
, FALSE
);
7246 /* Note that at least on Windows 7, the above call to EnableWindow
7247 disables the window that would ordinarily have focus. If we
7248 do not set focus to some other window here, focus will land in
7249 no man's land and the user will be unable to tab through the
7250 dialog box (pressing tab will only result in a beep).
7251 Avoid that problem by setting focus to the list here. */
7252 if (hdr_code
== CDN_INITDONE
)
7257 /* Don't override default filename on init done. */
7258 if (hdr_code
== CDN_TYPECHANGE
)
7261 SendMessageW (dialog
, CDM_SETCONTROLTEXT
,
7262 FILE_NAME_TEXT_FIELD
, (LPARAM
)L
"");
7264 SendMessageA (dialog
, CDM_SETCONTROLTEXT
,
7265 FILE_NAME_TEXT_FIELD
, (LPARAM
)"");
7267 EnableWindow (edit_control
, TRUE
);
7274 DEFUN ("x-file-dialog", Fx_file_dialog
, Sx_file_dialog
, 2, 5, 0,
7275 doc
: /* Read file name, prompting with PROMPT in directory DIR.
7276 Use a file selection dialog. Select DEFAULT-FILENAME in the dialog's file
7277 selection box, if specified. If MUSTMATCH is non-nil, the returned file
7278 or directory must exist.
7280 This function is only defined on NS, MS Windows, and X Windows with the
7281 Motif or Gtk toolkits. With the Motif toolkit, ONLY-DIR-P is ignored.
7282 Otherwise, if ONLY-DIR-P is non-nil, the user can only select directories.
7283 On Windows 7 and later, the file selection dialog "remembers" the last
7284 directory where the user selected a file, and will open that directory
7285 instead of DIR on subsequent invocations of this function with the same
7286 value of DIR as in previous invocations; this is standard Windows behavior. */)
7287 (Lisp_Object prompt
, Lisp_Object dir
, Lisp_Object default_filename
, Lisp_Object mustmatch
, Lisp_Object only_dir_p
)
7289 /* Filter index: 1: All Files, 2: Directories only */
7290 static const wchar_t filter_w
[] = L
"All Files (*.*)\0*.*\0Directories\0*|*\0";
7291 static const char filter_a
[] = "All Files (*.*)\0*.*\0Directories\0*|*\0";
7293 Lisp_Object filename
= default_filename
;
7294 struct frame
*f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
7295 BOOL file_opened
= FALSE
;
7296 Lisp_Object orig_dir
= dir
;
7297 Lisp_Object orig_prompt
= prompt
;
7299 /* If we compile with _WIN32_WINNT set to 0x0400 (for NT4
7300 compatibility) we end up with the old file dialogs. Define a big
7301 enough struct for the new dialog to trick GetOpenFileName into
7302 giving us the new dialogs on newer versions of Windows. */
7304 OPENFILENAMEW details
;
7305 #if _WIN32_WINNT < 0x500 /* < win2k */
7309 #endif /* < win2k */
7310 } new_file_details_w
;
7312 #ifdef NTGUI_UNICODE
7313 wchar_t filename_buf_w
[32*1024 + 1]; // NT kernel maximum
7314 OPENFILENAMEW
* file_details_w
= &new_file_details_w
.details
;
7315 const int use_unicode
= 1;
7316 #else /* not NTGUI_UNICODE */
7318 OPENFILENAMEA details
;
7319 #if _WIN32_WINNT < 0x500 /* < win2k */
7323 #endif /* < win2k */
7324 } new_file_details_a
;
7325 wchar_t filename_buf_w
[MAX_PATH
+ 1], dir_w
[MAX_PATH
];
7326 char filename_buf_a
[MAX_PATH
+ 1], dir_a
[MAX_PATH
];
7327 OPENFILENAMEW
* file_details_w
= &new_file_details_w
.details
;
7328 OPENFILENAMEA
* file_details_a
= &new_file_details_a
.details
;
7329 int use_unicode
= w32_unicode_filenames
;
7333 char fname_ret
[MAX_UTF8_PATH
];
7334 #endif /* NTGUI_UNICODE */
7337 /* Note: under NTGUI_UNICODE, we do _NOT_ use ENCODE_FILE: the
7338 system file encoding expected by the platform APIs (e.g. Cygwin's
7339 POSIX implementation) may not be the same as the encoding expected
7340 by the Windows "ANSI" APIs! */
7342 CHECK_STRING (prompt
);
7345 dir
= Fexpand_file_name (dir
, Qnil
);
7347 if (STRINGP (filename
))
7348 filename
= Ffile_name_nondirectory (filename
);
7350 filename
= empty_unibyte_string
;
7353 dir
= Fcygwin_convert_file_name_to_windows (dir
, Qt
);
7354 if (SCHARS (filename
) > 0)
7355 filename
= Fcygwin_convert_file_name_to_windows (filename
, Qnil
);
7359 CHECK_STRING (filename
);
7361 /* The code in file_dialog_callback that attempts to set the text
7362 of the file name edit window when handling the CDN_INITDONE
7363 WM_NOTIFY message does not work. Setting filename to "Current
7364 Directory" in the only_dir_p case here does work however. */
7365 if (SCHARS (filename
) == 0 && ! NILP (only_dir_p
))
7366 filename
= build_string ("Current Directory");
7368 /* Convert the values we've computed so far to system form. */
7369 #ifdef NTGUI_UNICODE
7370 to_unicode (prompt
, &prompt
);
7371 to_unicode (dir
, &dir
);
7372 to_unicode (filename
, &filename
);
7373 if (SBYTES (filename
) + 1 > sizeof (filename_buf_w
))
7374 report_file_error ("filename too long", default_filename
);
7376 memcpy (filename_buf_w
, SDATA (filename
), SBYTES (filename
) + 1);
7377 #else /* !NTGUI_UNICODE */
7378 prompt
= ENCODE_FILE (prompt
);
7379 dir
= ENCODE_FILE (dir
);
7380 filename
= ENCODE_FILE (filename
);
7382 /* We modify these in-place, so make copies for safety. */
7383 dir
= Fcopy_sequence (dir
);
7384 unixtodos_filename (SSDATA (dir
));
7385 filename
= Fcopy_sequence (filename
);
7386 unixtodos_filename (SSDATA (filename
));
7387 if (SBYTES (filename
) >= MAX_UTF8_PATH
)
7388 report_file_error ("filename too long", default_filename
);
7389 if (w32_unicode_filenames
)
7391 filename_to_utf16 (SSDATA (dir
), dir_w
);
7392 if (filename_to_utf16 (SSDATA (filename
), filename_buf_w
) != 0)
7394 /* filename_to_utf16 sets errno to ENOENT when the file
7395 name is too long or cannot be converted to UTF-16. */
7396 if (errno
== ENOENT
&& filename_buf_w
[MAX_PATH
- 1] != 0)
7397 report_file_error ("filename too long", default_filename
);
7399 len
= pMultiByteToWideChar (CP_UTF8
, multiByteToWideCharFlags
,
7400 SSDATA (prompt
), -1, NULL
, 0);
7403 prompt_w
= alloca (len
* sizeof (wchar_t));
7404 pMultiByteToWideChar (CP_UTF8
, multiByteToWideCharFlags
,
7405 SSDATA (prompt
), -1, prompt_w
, len
);
7409 filename_to_ansi (SSDATA (dir
), dir_a
);
7410 if (filename_to_ansi (SSDATA (filename
), filename_buf_a
) != '\0')
7412 /* filename_to_ansi sets errno to ENOENT when the file
7413 name is too long or cannot be converted to UTF-16. */
7414 if (errno
== ENOENT
&& filename_buf_a
[MAX_PATH
- 1] != 0)
7415 report_file_error ("filename too long", default_filename
);
7417 len
= pMultiByteToWideChar (CP_UTF8
, multiByteToWideCharFlags
,
7418 SSDATA (prompt
), -1, NULL
, 0);
7421 prompt_w
= alloca (len
* sizeof (wchar_t));
7422 pMultiByteToWideChar (CP_UTF8
, multiByteToWideCharFlags
,
7423 SSDATA (prompt
), -1, prompt_w
, len
);
7424 len
= pWideCharToMultiByte (CP_ACP
, 0, prompt_w
, -1, NULL
, 0, NULL
, NULL
);
7427 prompt_a
= alloca (len
);
7428 pWideCharToMultiByte (CP_ACP
, 0, prompt_w
, -1, prompt_a
, len
, NULL
, NULL
);
7430 #endif /* NTGUI_UNICODE */
7432 /* Fill in the structure for the call to GetOpenFileName below.
7433 For NTGUI_UNICODE builds (which run only on NT), we just use
7434 the actual size of the structure. For non-NTGUI_UNICODE
7435 builds, we tell the OS we're using an old version of the
7436 structure if the OS isn't new enough to support the newer
7440 memset (&new_file_details_w
, 0, sizeof (new_file_details_w
));
7441 if (w32_major_version
> 4 && w32_major_version
< 95)
7442 file_details_w
->lStructSize
= sizeof (new_file_details_w
);
7444 file_details_w
->lStructSize
= sizeof (*file_details_w
);
7445 /* Set up the inout parameter for the selected file name. */
7446 file_details_w
->lpstrFile
= filename_buf_w
;
7447 file_details_w
->nMaxFile
=
7448 sizeof (filename_buf_w
) / sizeof (*filename_buf_w
);
7449 file_details_w
->hwndOwner
= FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
);
7450 /* Undocumented Bug in Common File Dialog:
7451 If a filter is not specified, shell links are not resolved. */
7452 file_details_w
->lpstrFilter
= filter_w
;
7453 #ifdef NTGUI_UNICODE
7454 file_details_w
->lpstrInitialDir
= (wchar_t*) SDATA (dir
);
7455 file_details_w
->lpstrTitle
= (guichar_t
*) SDATA (prompt
);
7457 file_details_w
->lpstrInitialDir
= dir_w
;
7458 file_details_w
->lpstrTitle
= prompt_w
;
7460 file_details_w
->nFilterIndex
= NILP (only_dir_p
) ? 1 : 2;
7461 file_details_w
->Flags
= (OFN_HIDEREADONLY
| OFN_NOCHANGEDIR
7462 | OFN_EXPLORER
| OFN_ENABLEHOOK
);
7463 if (!NILP (mustmatch
))
7465 /* Require that the path to the parent directory exists. */
7466 file_details_w
->Flags
|= OFN_PATHMUSTEXIST
;
7467 /* If we are looking for a file, require that it exists. */
7468 if (NILP (only_dir_p
))
7469 file_details_w
->Flags
|= OFN_FILEMUSTEXIST
;
7472 #ifndef NTGUI_UNICODE
7475 memset (&new_file_details_a
, 0, sizeof (new_file_details_a
));
7476 if (w32_major_version
> 4 && w32_major_version
< 95)
7477 file_details_a
->lStructSize
= sizeof (new_file_details_a
);
7479 file_details_a
->lStructSize
= sizeof (*file_details_a
);
7480 file_details_a
->lpstrFile
= filename_buf_a
;
7481 file_details_a
->nMaxFile
=
7482 sizeof (filename_buf_a
) / sizeof (*filename_buf_a
);
7483 file_details_a
->hwndOwner
= FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
);
7484 file_details_a
->lpstrFilter
= filter_a
;
7485 file_details_a
->lpstrInitialDir
= dir_a
;
7486 file_details_a
->lpstrTitle
= prompt_a
;
7487 file_details_a
->nFilterIndex
= NILP (only_dir_p
) ? 1 : 2;
7488 file_details_a
->Flags
= (OFN_HIDEREADONLY
| OFN_NOCHANGEDIR
7489 | OFN_EXPLORER
| OFN_ENABLEHOOK
);
7490 if (!NILP (mustmatch
))
7492 /* Require that the path to the parent directory exists. */
7493 file_details_a
->Flags
|= OFN_PATHMUSTEXIST
;
7494 /* If we are looking for a file, require that it exists. */
7495 if (NILP (only_dir_p
))
7496 file_details_a
->Flags
|= OFN_FILEMUSTEXIST
;
7499 #endif /* !NTGUI_UNICODE */
7502 int count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7503 /* Prevent redisplay. */
7504 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
7508 file_details_w
->lpfnHook
= file_dialog_callback
;
7510 file_opened
= GetOpenFileNameW (file_details_w
);
7512 #ifndef NTGUI_UNICODE
7515 file_details_a
->lpfnHook
= file_dialog_callback
;
7517 file_opened
= GetOpenFileNameA (file_details_a
);
7519 #endif /* !NTGUI_UNICODE */
7521 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
7526 /* Get an Emacs string from the value Windows gave us. */
7527 #ifdef NTGUI_UNICODE
7528 filename
= from_unicode_buffer (filename_buf_w
);
7529 #else /* !NTGUI_UNICODE */
7531 filename_from_utf16 (filename_buf_w
, fname_ret
);
7533 filename_from_ansi (filename_buf_a
, fname_ret
);
7534 dostounix_filename (fname_ret
);
7535 filename
= DECODE_FILE (build_unibyte_string (fname_ret
));
7536 #endif /* NTGUI_UNICODE */
7539 filename
= Fcygwin_convert_file_name_from_windows (filename
, Qt
);
7542 /* Strip the dummy filename off the end of the string if we
7543 added it to select a directory. */
7544 if ((use_unicode
&& file_details_w
->nFilterIndex
== 2)
7545 #ifndef NTGUI_UNICODE
7546 || (!use_unicode
&& file_details_a
->nFilterIndex
== 2)
7549 filename
= Ffile_name_directory (filename
);
7551 /* User canceled the dialog without making a selection. */
7552 else if (!CommDlgExtendedError ())
7554 /* An error occurred, fallback on reading from the mini-buffer. */
7556 filename
= Fcompleting_read (
7558 intern ("read-file-name-internal"),
7567 /* Make "Cancel" equivalent to C-g. */
7568 if (NILP (filename
))
7569 Fsignal (Qquit
, Qnil
);
7576 /* Moving files to the system recycle bin.
7577 Used by `move-file-to-trash' instead of the default moving to ~/.Trash */
7578 DEFUN ("system-move-file-to-trash", Fsystem_move_file_to_trash
,
7579 Ssystem_move_file_to_trash
, 1, 1, 0,
7580 doc
: /* Move file or directory named FILENAME to the recycle bin. */)
7581 (Lisp_Object filename
)
7583 Lisp_Object handler
;
7584 Lisp_Object encoded_file
;
7585 Lisp_Object operation
;
7587 operation
= Qdelete_file
;
7588 if (!NILP (Ffile_directory_p (filename
))
7589 && NILP (Ffile_symlink_p (filename
)))
7591 operation
= intern ("delete-directory");
7592 filename
= Fdirectory_file_name (filename
);
7595 /* Must have fully qualified file names for moving files to Recycle
7597 filename
= Fexpand_file_name (filename
, Qnil
);
7599 handler
= Ffind_file_name_handler (filename
, operation
);
7600 if (!NILP (handler
))
7601 return call2 (handler
, operation
, filename
);
7607 encoded_file
= ENCODE_FILE (filename
);
7609 path
= map_w32_filename (SSDATA (encoded_file
), NULL
);
7611 /* The Unicode version of SHFileOperation is not supported on
7613 if (w32_unicode_filenames
&& os_subtype
!= OS_9X
)
7615 SHFILEOPSTRUCTW file_op_w
;
7616 /* We need one more element beyond MAX_PATH because this is
7617 a list of file names, with the last element double-null
7619 wchar_t tmp_path_w
[MAX_PATH
+ 1];
7621 memset (tmp_path_w
, 0, sizeof (tmp_path_w
));
7622 filename_to_utf16 (path
, tmp_path_w
);
7624 /* On Windows, write permission is required to delete/move files. */
7625 _wchmod (tmp_path_w
, 0666);
7627 memset (&file_op_w
, 0, sizeof (file_op_w
));
7628 file_op_w
.hwnd
= HWND_DESKTOP
;
7629 file_op_w
.wFunc
= FO_DELETE
;
7630 file_op_w
.pFrom
= tmp_path_w
;
7631 file_op_w
.fFlags
= FOF_SILENT
| FOF_NOCONFIRMATION
| FOF_ALLOWUNDO
7632 | FOF_NOERRORUI
| FOF_NO_CONNECTED_ELEMENTS
;
7633 file_op_w
.fAnyOperationsAborted
= FALSE
;
7635 result
= SHFileOperationW (&file_op_w
);
7639 SHFILEOPSTRUCTA file_op_a
;
7640 char tmp_path_a
[MAX_PATH
+ 1];
7642 memset (tmp_path_a
, 0, sizeof (tmp_path_a
));
7643 filename_to_ansi (path
, tmp_path_a
);
7645 /* If a file cannot be represented in ANSI codepage, don't
7646 let them inadvertently delete other files because some
7647 characters are interpreted as a wildcards. */
7648 if (_mbspbrk ((unsigned char *)tmp_path_a
,
7649 (const unsigned char *)"?*"))
7650 result
= ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND
;
7653 _chmod (tmp_path_a
, 0666);
7655 memset (&file_op_a
, 0, sizeof (file_op_a
));
7656 file_op_a
.hwnd
= HWND_DESKTOP
;
7657 file_op_a
.wFunc
= FO_DELETE
;
7658 file_op_a
.pFrom
= tmp_path_a
;
7659 file_op_a
.fFlags
= FOF_SILENT
| FOF_NOCONFIRMATION
| FOF_ALLOWUNDO
7660 | FOF_NOERRORUI
| FOF_NO_CONNECTED_ELEMENTS
;
7661 file_op_a
.fAnyOperationsAborted
= FALSE
;
7663 result
= SHFileOperationA (&file_op_a
);
7667 report_file_error ("Removing old name", list1 (filename
));
7672 #endif /* WINDOWSNT */
7675 /***********************************************************************
7676 w32 specialized functions
7677 ***********************************************************************/
7679 DEFUN ("w32-send-sys-command", Fw32_send_sys_command
,
7680 Sw32_send_sys_command
, 1, 2, 0,
7681 doc
: /* Send frame a Windows WM_SYSCOMMAND message of type COMMAND.
7682 Some useful values for COMMAND are #xf030 to maximize frame (#xf020
7683 to minimize), #xf120 to restore frame to original size, and #xf100
7684 to activate the menubar for keyboard access. #xf140 activates the
7685 screen saver if defined.
7687 If optional parameter FRAME is not specified, use selected frame. */)
7688 (Lisp_Object command
, Lisp_Object frame
)
7690 struct frame
*f
= decode_window_system_frame (frame
);
7692 CHECK_NUMBER (command
);
7694 if (FRAME_W32_P (f
))
7695 PostMessage (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
), WM_SYSCOMMAND
, XINT (command
), 0);
7700 DEFUN ("w32-shell-execute", Fw32_shell_execute
, Sw32_shell_execute
, 2, 4, 0,
7701 doc
: /* Get Windows to perform OPERATION on DOCUMENT.
7702 This is a wrapper around the ShellExecute system function, which
7703 invokes the application registered to handle OPERATION for DOCUMENT.
7705 OPERATION is either nil or a string that names a supported operation.
7706 What operations can be used depends on the particular DOCUMENT and its
7707 handler application, but typically it is one of the following common
7710 \"open\" - open DOCUMENT, which could be a file, a directory, or an
7711 executable program (application). If it is an application,
7712 that application is launched in the current buffer's default
7713 directory. Otherwise, the application associated with
7714 DOCUMENT is launched in the buffer's default directory.
7715 \"opennew\" - like \"open\", but instruct the application to open
7716 DOCUMENT in a new window.
7717 \"openas\" - open the \"Open With\" dialog for DOCUMENT.
7718 \"print\" - print DOCUMENT, which must be a file.
7719 \"printto\" - print DOCUMENT, which must be a file, to a specified printer.
7720 The printer should be provided in PARAMETERS, see below.
7721 \"explore\" - start the Windows Explorer on DOCUMENT.
7722 \"edit\" - launch an editor and open DOCUMENT for editing; which
7723 editor is launched depends on the association for the
7725 \"find\" - initiate search starting from DOCUMENT, which must specify
7727 \"delete\" - move DOCUMENT, a file or a directory, to Recycle Bin.
7728 \"copy\" - copy DOCUMENT, which must be a file or a directory, into
7730 \"cut\" - move DOCUMENT, a file or a directory, into the clipboard.
7731 \"paste\" - paste the file whose name is in the clipboard into DOCUMENT,
7732 which must be a directory.
7734 - create a shortcut in DOCUMENT (which must be a directory)
7735 the file or directory whose name is in the clipboard.
7736 \"runas\" - run DOCUMENT, which must be an excutable file, with
7737 elevated privileges (a.k.a. \"as Administrator\").
7739 - open the property sheet dialog for DOCUMENT.
7740 nil - invoke the default OPERATION, or \"open\" if default is
7741 not defined or unavailable.
7743 DOCUMENT is typically the name of a document file or a URL, but can
7744 also be an executable program to run, or a directory to open in the
7745 Windows Explorer. If it is a file or a directory, it must be a local
7746 one; this function does not support remote file names.
7748 If DOCUMENT is an executable program, the optional third arg PARAMETERS
7749 can be a string containing command line parameters, separated by blanks,
7750 that will be passed to the program. Some values of OPERATION also require
7751 parameters (e.g., \"printto\" requires the printer address). Otherwise,
7752 PARAMETERS should be nil or unspecified. Note that double quote characters
7753 in PARAMETERS must each be enclosed in 2 additional quotes, as in \"\"\".
7755 Optional fourth argument SHOW-FLAG can be used to control how the
7756 application will be displayed when it is invoked. If SHOW-FLAG is nil
7757 or unspecified, the application is displayed as if SHOW-FLAG of 10 was
7758 specified, otherwise it is an integer between 0 and 11 representing
7762 1 - start as normal-size window
7763 3 - start in a maximized window
7764 6 - start in a minimized window
7765 10 - start as the application itself specifies; this is the default. */)
7766 (Lisp_Object operation
, Lisp_Object document
, Lisp_Object parameters
, Lisp_Object show_flag
)
7769 Lisp_Object current_dir
= BVAR (current_buffer
, directory
);;
7770 wchar_t *doc_w
= NULL
, *params_w
= NULL
, *ops_w
= NULL
;
7774 int use_unicode
= w32_unicode_filenames
;
7775 char *doc_a
= NULL
, *params_a
= NULL
, *ops_a
= NULL
;
7776 Lisp_Object absdoc
, handler
;
7780 CHECK_STRING (document
);
7783 current_dir
= Fcygwin_convert_file_name_to_windows (current_dir
, Qt
);
7784 document
= Fcygwin_convert_file_name_to_windows (document
, Qt
);
7786 /* Encode filename, current directory and parameters. */
7787 current_dir
= GUI_ENCODE_FILE (current_dir
);
7788 document
= GUI_ENCODE_FILE (document
);
7789 doc_w
= GUI_SDATA (document
);
7790 if (STRINGP (parameters
))
7792 parameters
= GUI_ENCODE_SYSTEM (parameters
);
7793 params_w
= GUI_SDATA (parameters
);
7795 if (STRINGP (operation
))
7797 operation
= GUI_ENCODE_SYSTEM (operation
);
7798 ops_w
= GUI_SDATA (operation
);
7800 result
= (intptr_t) ShellExecuteW (NULL
, ops_w
, doc_w
, params_w
,
7801 GUI_SDATA (current_dir
),
7802 (INTEGERP (show_flag
)
7803 ? XINT (show_flag
) : SW_SHOWDEFAULT
));
7810 case SE_ERR_ACCESSDENIED
:
7811 errstr
= w32_strerror (ERROR_ACCESS_DENIED
);
7813 case SE_ERR_ASSOCINCOMPLETE
:
7814 case SE_ERR_NOASSOC
:
7815 errstr
= w32_strerror (ERROR_NO_ASSOCIATION
);
7817 case SE_ERR_DDEBUSY
:
7818 case SE_ERR_DDEFAIL
:
7819 errstr
= w32_strerror (ERROR_DDE_FAIL
);
7821 case SE_ERR_DDETIMEOUT
:
7822 errstr
= w32_strerror (ERROR_TIMEOUT
);
7824 case SE_ERR_DLLNOTFOUND
:
7825 errstr
= w32_strerror (ERROR_DLL_NOT_FOUND
);
7828 errstr
= w32_strerror (ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND
);
7831 errstr
= w32_strerror (ERROR_NOT_ENOUGH_MEMORY
);
7834 errstr
= w32_strerror (ERROR_PATH_NOT_FOUND
);
7837 errstr
= w32_strerror (ERROR_SHARING_VIOLATION
);
7840 errstr
= w32_strerror (0);
7846 const char file_url_str
[] = "file:///";
7847 const int file_url_len
= sizeof (file_url_str
) - 1;
7850 if (strncmp (SSDATA (document
), file_url_str
, file_url_len
) == 0)
7852 /* Passing "file:///" URLs to ShellExecute causes shlwapi.dll to
7853 start a thread in some rare system configurations, for
7854 unknown reasons. That thread is started in the context of
7855 the Emacs process, but out of control of our code, and seems
7856 to never exit afterwards. Each such thread reserves 8MB of
7857 stack space (because that's the value recorded in the Emacs
7858 executable at link time: Emacs needs a large stack). So a
7859 large enough number of invocations of w32-shell-execute can
7860 potentially cause the Emacs process to run out of available
7861 address space, which is nasty. To work around this, we
7862 convert such URLs to local file names, which seems to prevent
7863 those threads from starting. See bug #20220. */
7864 char *p
= SSDATA (document
) + file_url_len
;
7866 if (c_isalpha (*p
) && p
[1] == ':' && IS_DIRECTORY_SEP (p
[2]))
7867 document
= Fsubstring_no_properties (document
,
7868 make_number (file_url_len
), Qnil
);
7870 /* We have a situation here. If DOCUMENT is a relative file name,
7871 but its name includes leading directories, i.e. it lives not in
7872 CURRENT_DIR, but in its subdirectory, then ShellExecute below
7873 will fail to find it. So we need to make the file name is
7874 absolute. But DOCUMENT does not have to be a file, it can be a
7875 URL, for example. So we make it absolute only if it is an
7876 existing file; if it is a file that does not exist, tough. */
7877 absdoc
= Fexpand_file_name (document
, Qnil
);
7878 /* Don't call file handlers for file-exists-p, since they might
7879 attempt to access the file, which could fail or produce undesired
7880 consequences, see bug#16558 for an example. */
7881 handler
= Ffind_file_name_handler (absdoc
, Qfile_exists_p
);
7884 Lisp_Object absdoc_encoded
= ENCODE_FILE (absdoc
);
7886 if (faccessat (AT_FDCWD
, SSDATA (absdoc_encoded
), F_OK
, AT_EACCESS
) == 0)
7888 /* ShellExecute fails if DOCUMENT is a UNC with forward
7889 slashes (expand-file-name above converts all backslashes
7890 to forward slashes). Now that we know DOCUMENT is a
7891 file, we can mirror all forward slashes into backslashes. */
7892 unixtodos_filename (SSDATA (absdoc_encoded
));
7893 document
= absdoc_encoded
;
7896 document
= ENCODE_FILE (document
);
7899 document
= ENCODE_FILE (document
);
7901 current_dir
= ENCODE_FILE (current_dir
);
7902 /* Cannot use filename_to_utf16/ansi with DOCUMENT, since it could
7903 be a URL that is not limited to MAX_PATH chararcters. */
7904 doclen
= pMultiByteToWideChar (CP_UTF8
, multiByteToWideCharFlags
,
7905 SSDATA (document
), -1, NULL
, 0);
7906 doc_w
= xmalloc (doclen
* sizeof (wchar_t));
7907 pMultiByteToWideChar (CP_UTF8
, multiByteToWideCharFlags
,
7908 SSDATA (document
), -1, doc_w
, doclen
);
7911 wchar_t current_dir_w
[MAX_PATH
];
7912 SHELLEXECUTEINFOW shexinfo_w
;
7914 /* Encode the current directory and parameters, and convert
7915 operation to UTF-16. */
7916 filename_to_utf16 (SSDATA (current_dir
), current_dir_w
);
7917 if (STRINGP (parameters
))
7921 parameters
= ENCODE_SYSTEM (parameters
);
7922 len
= pMultiByteToWideChar (CP_ACP
, multiByteToWideCharFlags
,
7923 SSDATA (parameters
), -1, NULL
, 0);
7926 params_w
= alloca (len
* sizeof (wchar_t));
7927 pMultiByteToWideChar (CP_ACP
, multiByteToWideCharFlags
,
7928 SSDATA (parameters
), -1, params_w
, len
);
7929 params_w
[len
- 1] = 0;
7931 if (STRINGP (operation
))
7933 /* Assume OPERATION is pure ASCII. */
7934 const char *s
= SSDATA (operation
);
7936 int len
= SBYTES (operation
) + 1;
7940 d
= ops_w
= alloca (len
* sizeof (wchar_t));
7941 while (d
< ops_w
+ len
- 1)
7946 /* Using ShellExecuteEx and setting the SEE_MASK_INVOKEIDLIST
7947 flag succeeds with more OPERATIONs (a.k.a. "verbs"), as it is
7948 able to invoke verbs from shortcut menu extensions, not just
7949 static verbs listed in the Registry. */
7950 memset (&shexinfo_w
, 0, sizeof (shexinfo_w
));
7951 shexinfo_w
.cbSize
= sizeof (shexinfo_w
);
7953 SEE_MASK_INVOKEIDLIST
| SEE_MASK_FLAG_DDEWAIT
| SEE_MASK_FLAG_NO_UI
;
7954 shexinfo_w
.hwnd
= NULL
;
7955 shexinfo_w
.lpVerb
= ops_w
;
7956 shexinfo_w
.lpFile
= doc_w
;
7957 shexinfo_w
.lpParameters
= params_w
;
7958 shexinfo_w
.lpDirectory
= current_dir_w
;
7960 (INTEGERP (show_flag
) ? XINT (show_flag
) : SW_SHOWDEFAULT
);
7961 success
= ShellExecuteExW (&shexinfo_w
);
7966 char current_dir_a
[MAX_PATH
];
7967 SHELLEXECUTEINFOA shexinfo_a
;
7968 int codepage
= codepage_for_filenames (NULL
);
7969 int ldoc_a
= pWideCharToMultiByte (codepage
, 0, doc_w
, -1, NULL
, 0,
7972 doc_a
= xmalloc (ldoc_a
);
7973 pWideCharToMultiByte (codepage
, 0, doc_w
, -1, doc_a
, ldoc_a
, NULL
, NULL
);
7974 filename_to_ansi (SSDATA (current_dir
), current_dir_a
);
7975 if (STRINGP (parameters
))
7977 parameters
= ENCODE_SYSTEM (parameters
);
7978 params_a
= SSDATA (parameters
);
7980 if (STRINGP (operation
))
7982 /* Assume OPERATION is pure ASCII. */
7983 ops_a
= SSDATA (operation
);
7985 memset (&shexinfo_a
, 0, sizeof (shexinfo_a
));
7986 shexinfo_a
.cbSize
= sizeof (shexinfo_a
);
7988 SEE_MASK_INVOKEIDLIST
| SEE_MASK_FLAG_DDEWAIT
| SEE_MASK_FLAG_NO_UI
;
7989 shexinfo_a
.hwnd
= NULL
;
7990 shexinfo_a
.lpVerb
= ops_a
;
7991 shexinfo_a
.lpFile
= doc_a
;
7992 shexinfo_a
.lpParameters
= params_a
;
7993 shexinfo_a
.lpDirectory
= current_dir_a
;
7995 (INTEGERP (show_flag
) ? XINT (show_flag
) : SW_SHOWDEFAULT
);
7996 success
= ShellExecuteExA (&shexinfo_a
);
8004 errstr
= w32_strerror (0);
8006 #endif /* !CYGWIN */
8008 /* The error string might be encoded in the locale's encoding. */
8009 if (!NILP (Vlocale_coding_system
))
8011 Lisp_Object decoded
=
8012 code_convert_string_norecord (build_unibyte_string (errstr
),
8013 Vlocale_coding_system
, 0);
8014 errstr
= SSDATA (decoded
);
8016 error ("ShellExecute failed: %s", errstr
);
8019 /* Lookup virtual keycode from string representing the name of a
8020 non-ascii keystroke into the corresponding virtual key, using
8021 lispy_function_keys. */
8023 lookup_vk_code (char *key
)
8027 for (i
= 0; i
< 256; i
++)
8028 if (lispy_function_keys
[i
]
8029 && strcmp (lispy_function_keys
[i
], key
) == 0)
8032 if (w32_kbdhook_active
)
8034 /* Alphanumerics map to themselves. */
8037 if ((key
[0] >= 'A' && key
[0] <= 'Z')
8038 || (key
[0] >= '0' && key
[0] <= '9'))
8040 if (key
[0] >= 'a' && key
[0] <= 'z')
8041 return toupper(key
[0]);
8048 /* Convert a one-element vector style key sequence to a hot key
8051 w32_parse_and_hook_hot_key (Lisp_Object key
, int hook
)
8053 /* Copied from Fdefine_key and store_in_keymap. */
8054 register Lisp_Object c
;
8058 Lisp_Object res
= Qnil
;
8063 if (ASIZE (key
) != 1)
8068 if (CONSP (c
) && lucid_event_type_list_p (c
))
8069 c
= Fevent_convert_list (c
);
8071 if (! INTEGERP (c
) && ! SYMBOLP (c
))
8072 error ("Key definition is invalid");
8074 /* Work out the base key and the modifiers. */
8077 c
= parse_modifiers (c
);
8078 lisp_modifiers
= XINT (Fcar (Fcdr (c
)));
8082 vkname
= SSDATA (SYMBOL_NAME (c
));
8083 /* [s-], [M-], [h-]: Register all keys for this modifier */
8084 if (w32_kbdhook_active
&& vkname
[0] == 0)
8087 vk_code
= lookup_vk_code (vkname
);
8089 else if (INTEGERP (c
))
8091 lisp_modifiers
= XINT (c
) & ~CHARACTERBITS
;
8092 /* Many ascii characters are their own virtual key code. */
8093 vk_code
= XINT (c
) & CHARACTERBITS
;
8096 if (vk_code
< 0 || vk_code
> 255)
8099 if ((lisp_modifiers
& meta_modifier
) != 0
8100 && !NILP (Vw32_alt_is_meta
))
8101 lisp_modifiers
|= alt_modifier
;
8103 /* Supply defs missing from mingw32. */
8105 #define MOD_ALT 0x0001
8106 #define MOD_CONTROL 0x0002
8107 #define MOD_SHIFT 0x0004
8108 #define MOD_WIN 0x0008
8111 if (w32_kbdhook_active
)
8113 /* Register Alt-x combinations. */
8114 if (lisp_modifiers
& alt_modifier
)
8116 hook_w32_key (hook
, VK_MENU
, vk_code
);
8119 /* Register Win-x combinations based on modifier mappings. */
8120 if (((lisp_modifiers
& hyper_modifier
)
8121 && EQ (Vw32_lwindow_modifier
, Qhyper
))
8122 || ((lisp_modifiers
& super_modifier
)
8123 && EQ (Vw32_lwindow_modifier
, Qsuper
)))
8125 hook_w32_key (hook
, VK_LWIN
, vk_code
);
8128 if (((lisp_modifiers
& hyper_modifier
)
8129 && EQ (Vw32_rwindow_modifier
, Qhyper
))
8130 || ((lisp_modifiers
& super_modifier
)
8131 && EQ (Vw32_rwindow_modifier
, Qsuper
)))
8133 hook_w32_key (hook
, VK_RWIN
, vk_code
);
8140 /* Convert lisp modifiers to Windows hot-key form. */
8141 w32_modifiers
= (lisp_modifiers
& hyper_modifier
) ? MOD_WIN
: 0;
8142 w32_modifiers
|= (lisp_modifiers
& alt_modifier
) ? MOD_ALT
: 0;
8143 w32_modifiers
|= (lisp_modifiers
& ctrl_modifier
) ? MOD_CONTROL
: 0;
8144 w32_modifiers
|= (lisp_modifiers
& shift_modifier
) ? MOD_SHIFT
: 0;
8146 return HOTKEY (vk_code
, w32_modifiers
);
8150 DEFUN ("w32-register-hot-key", Fw32_register_hot_key
,
8151 Sw32_register_hot_key
, 1, 1, 0,
8152 doc
: /* Register KEY as a hot-key combination.
8153 Certain key combinations like Alt-Tab and Win-R are reserved for
8154 system use on Windows, and therefore are normally intercepted by the
8155 system. These key combinations can be received by registering them
8156 as hot-keys, except for Win-L which always locks the computer.
8158 On Windows 98 and ME, KEY must be a one element key definition in
8159 vector form that would be acceptable to `define-key' (e.g. [A-tab] for
8160 Alt-Tab). The meta modifier is interpreted as Alt if
8161 `w32-alt-is-meta' is t, and hyper is always interpreted as the Windows
8162 modifier keys. The return value is the hotkey-id if registered, otherwise nil.
8164 On Windows versions since NT, KEY can also be specified as [M-], [s-] or
8165 [h-] to indicate that all combinations of that key should be processed
8166 by Emacs instead of the operating system. The super and hyper
8167 modifiers are interpreted according to the current values of
8168 `w32-lwindow-modifier' and `w32-rwindow-modifier'. For instance,
8169 setting `w32-lwindow-modifier' to `super' and then calling
8170 `(register-hot-key [s-])' grabs all combinations of the left Windows
8171 key to Emacs, but leaves the right Windows key free for the operating
8172 system keyboard shortcuts. The return value is t if the call affected
8173 any key combinations, otherwise nil. */)
8176 key
= w32_parse_and_hook_hot_key (key
, 1);
8178 if (!w32_kbdhook_active
8179 && !NILP (key
) && NILP (Fmemq (key
, w32_grabbed_keys
)))
8181 /* Reuse an empty slot if possible. */
8182 Lisp_Object item
= Fmemq (Qnil
, w32_grabbed_keys
);
8184 /* Safe to add new key to list, even if we have focus. */
8186 w32_grabbed_keys
= Fcons (key
, w32_grabbed_keys
);
8188 XSETCAR (item
, key
);
8190 /* Notify input thread about new hot-key definition, so that it
8191 takes effect without needing to switch focus. */
8192 PostThreadMessage (dwWindowsThreadId
, WM_EMACS_REGISTER_HOT_KEY
,
8193 (WPARAM
) XINT (key
), 0);
8199 DEFUN ("w32-unregister-hot-key", Fw32_unregister_hot_key
,
8200 Sw32_unregister_hot_key
, 1, 1, 0,
8201 doc
: /* Unregister KEY as a hot-key combination. */)
8206 if (!INTEGERP (key
))
8207 key
= w32_parse_and_hook_hot_key (key
, 0);
8209 if (w32_kbdhook_active
)
8212 item
= Fmemq (key
, w32_grabbed_keys
);
8218 eassert (CONSP (item
));
8219 /* Pass the tail of the list as a pointer to a Lisp_Cons cell,
8220 so that it works in a --with-wide-int build as well. */
8221 lparam
= (LPARAM
) XUNTAG (item
, Lisp_Cons
);
8223 /* Notify input thread about hot-key definition being removed, so
8224 that it takes effect without needing focus switch. */
8225 if (PostThreadMessage (dwWindowsThreadId
, WM_EMACS_UNREGISTER_HOT_KEY
,
8226 (WPARAM
) XINT (XCAR (item
)), lparam
))
8229 GetMessage (&msg
, NULL
, WM_EMACS_DONE
, WM_EMACS_DONE
);
8236 DEFUN ("w32-registered-hot-keys", Fw32_registered_hot_keys
,
8237 Sw32_registered_hot_keys
, 0, 0, 0,
8238 doc
: /* Return list of registered hot-key IDs. */)
8241 return Fdelq (Qnil
, Fcopy_sequence (w32_grabbed_keys
));
8244 DEFUN ("w32-reconstruct-hot-key", Fw32_reconstruct_hot_key
,
8245 Sw32_reconstruct_hot_key
, 1, 1, 0,
8246 doc
: /* Convert hot-key ID to a lisp key combination.
8247 usage: (w32-reconstruct-hot-key ID) */)
8248 (Lisp_Object hotkeyid
)
8250 int vk_code
, w32_modifiers
;
8253 CHECK_NUMBER (hotkeyid
);
8255 vk_code
= HOTKEY_VK_CODE (hotkeyid
);
8256 w32_modifiers
= HOTKEY_MODIFIERS (hotkeyid
);
8258 if (vk_code
< 256 && lispy_function_keys
[vk_code
])
8259 key
= intern (lispy_function_keys
[vk_code
]);
8261 key
= make_number (vk_code
);
8263 key
= Fcons (key
, Qnil
);
8264 if (w32_modifiers
& MOD_SHIFT
)
8265 key
= Fcons (Qshift
, key
);
8266 if (w32_modifiers
& MOD_CONTROL
)
8267 key
= Fcons (Qctrl
, key
);
8268 if (w32_modifiers
& MOD_ALT
)
8269 key
= Fcons (NILP (Vw32_alt_is_meta
) ? Qalt
: Qmeta
, key
);
8270 if (w32_modifiers
& MOD_WIN
)
8271 key
= Fcons (Qhyper
, key
);
8276 DEFUN ("w32-toggle-lock-key", Fw32_toggle_lock_key
,
8277 Sw32_toggle_lock_key
, 1, 2, 0,
8278 doc
: /* Toggle the state of the lock key KEY.
8279 KEY can be `capslock', `kp-numlock', or `scroll'.
8280 If the optional parameter NEW-STATE is a number, then the state of KEY
8281 is set to off if the low bit of NEW-STATE is zero, otherwise on.
8282 If NEW-STATE is omitted or nil, the function toggles the state,
8284 Value is the new state of the key, or nil if the function failed
8285 to change the state. */)
8286 (Lisp_Object key
, Lisp_Object new_state
)
8291 if (EQ (key
, intern ("capslock")))
8292 vk_code
= VK_CAPITAL
;
8293 else if (EQ (key
, intern ("kp-numlock")))
8294 vk_code
= VK_NUMLOCK
;
8295 else if (EQ (key
, intern ("scroll")))
8296 vk_code
= VK_SCROLL
;
8300 if (!dwWindowsThreadId
)
8301 return make_number (w32_console_toggle_lock_key (vk_code
, new_state
));
8303 if (NILP (new_state
))
8306 lparam
= (XUINT (new_state
)) & 1;
8307 if (PostThreadMessage (dwWindowsThreadId
, WM_EMACS_TOGGLE_LOCK_KEY
,
8308 (WPARAM
) vk_code
, lparam
))
8311 GetMessage (&msg
, NULL
, WM_EMACS_DONE
, WM_EMACS_DONE
);
8312 return make_number (msg
.wParam
);
8317 DEFUN ("w32-window-exists-p", Fw32_window_exists_p
, Sw32_window_exists_p
,
8319 doc
: /* Return non-nil if a window exists with the specified CLASS and NAME.
8321 This is a direct interface to the Windows API FindWindow function. */)
8322 (Lisp_Object
class, Lisp_Object name
)
8327 CHECK_STRING (class);
8329 CHECK_STRING (name
);
8331 hnd
= FindWindow (STRINGP (class) ? ((LPCTSTR
) SDATA (class)) : NULL
,
8332 STRINGP (name
) ? ((LPCTSTR
) SDATA (name
)) : NULL
);
8338 DEFUN ("w32-frame-geometry", Fw32_frame_geometry
, Sw32_frame_geometry
, 0, 1, 0,
8339 doc
: /* Return geometric attributes of FRAME.
8340 FRAME must be a live frame and defaults to the selected one. The return
8341 value is an association list of the attributes listed below. All height
8342 and width values are in pixels.
8344 `outer-position' is a cons of the outer left and top edges of FRAME
8345 relative to the origin - the position (0, 0) - of FRAME's display.
8347 `outer-size' is a cons of the outer width and height of FRAME. The
8348 outer size includes the title bar and the external borders as well as
8349 any menu and/or tool bar of frame.
8351 `external-border-size' is a cons of the horizontal and vertical width of
8352 FRAME's external borders as supplied by the window manager.
8354 `title-bar-size' is a cons of the width and height of the title bar of
8355 FRAME as supplied by the window manager. If both of them are zero,
8356 FRAME has no title bar. If only the width is zero, Emacs was not
8357 able to retrieve the width information.
8359 `menu-bar-external', if non-nil, means the menu bar is external (never
8360 included in the inner edges of FRAME).
8362 `menu-bar-size' is a cons of the width and height of the menu bar of
8365 `tool-bar-external', if non-nil, means the tool bar is external (never
8366 included in the inner edges of FRAME).
8368 `tool-bar-position' tells on which side the tool bar on FRAME is and can
8369 be one of `left', `top', `right' or `bottom'. If this is nil, FRAME
8372 `tool-bar-size' is a cons of the width and height of the tool bar of
8375 `internal-border-width' is the width of the internal border of
8379 struct frame
*f
= decode_live_frame (frame
);
8381 MENUBARINFO menu_bar
;
8383 int left
, top
, right
, bottom
;
8384 unsigned int external_border_width
, external_border_height
;
8385 int title_bar_width
= 0, title_bar_height
= 0;
8386 int single_menu_bar_height
, wrapped_menu_bar_height
, menu_bar_height
;
8387 int tool_bar_height
= FRAME_TOOL_BAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8388 int internal_border_width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
8390 if (FRAME_INITIAL_P (f
) || !FRAME_W32_P (f
))
8394 /* Outer rectangle and borders. */
8395 window
.cbSize
= sizeof (window
);
8396 GetWindowInfo (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
), &window
);
8397 external_border_width
= window
.cxWindowBorders
;
8398 external_border_height
= window
.cyWindowBorders
;
8400 if (get_title_bar_info_fn
)
8402 TITLEBAR_INFO title_bar
;
8404 title_bar
.cbSize
= sizeof (title_bar
);
8405 title_bar
.rcTitleBar
.left
= title_bar
.rcTitleBar
.right
= 0;
8406 title_bar
.rcTitleBar
.top
= title_bar
.rcTitleBar
.bottom
= 0;
8407 for (int i
= 0; i
< 6; i
++)
8408 title_bar
.rgstate
[i
] = 0;
8409 if (get_title_bar_info_fn (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
), &title_bar
)
8410 && !(title_bar
.rgstate
[0] & 0x00008001))
8413 = title_bar
.rcTitleBar
.right
- title_bar
.rcTitleBar
.left
;
8415 = title_bar
.rcTitleBar
.bottom
- title_bar
.rcTitleBar
.top
;
8418 else if ((window
.dwStyle
& WS_CAPTION
) == WS_CAPTION
)
8419 title_bar_height
= GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYCAPTION
);
8421 menu_bar
.cbSize
= sizeof (menu_bar
);
8422 menu_bar
.rcBar
.right
= menu_bar
.rcBar
.left
= 0;
8423 menu_bar
.rcBar
.top
= menu_bar
.rcBar
.bottom
= 0;
8424 GetMenuBarInfo (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
), 0xFFFFFFFD, 0, &menu_bar
);
8425 single_menu_bar_height
= GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYMENU
);
8426 wrapped_menu_bar_height
= GetSystemMetrics (SM_CYMENUSIZE
);
8429 left
= window
.rcWindow
.left
;
8430 top
= window
.rcWindow
.top
;
8431 right
= window
.rcWindow
.right
;
8432 bottom
= window
.rcWindow
.bottom
;
8435 menu_bar_height
= menu_bar
.rcBar
.bottom
- menu_bar
.rcBar
.top
;
8436 /* Fix menu bar height reported by GetMenuBarInfo. */
8437 if (menu_bar_height
> single_menu_bar_height
)
8438 /* A wrapped menu bar. */
8439 menu_bar_height
+= single_menu_bar_height
- wrapped_menu_bar_height
;
8440 else if (menu_bar_height
> 0)
8441 /* A single line menu bar. */
8442 menu_bar_height
= single_menu_bar_height
;
8444 return listn (CONSTYPE_HEAP
, 10,
8445 Fcons (Qouter_position
,
8446 Fcons (make_number (left
), make_number (top
))),
8448 Fcons (make_number (right
- left
),
8449 make_number (bottom
- top
))),
8450 Fcons (Qexternal_border_size
,
8451 Fcons (make_number (external_border_width
),
8452 make_number (external_border_height
))),
8453 Fcons (Qtitle_bar_size
,
8454 Fcons (make_number (title_bar_width
),
8455 make_number (title_bar_height
))),
8456 Fcons (Qmenu_bar_external
, Qt
),
8457 Fcons (Qmenu_bar_size
,
8459 (menu_bar
.rcBar
.right
- menu_bar
.rcBar
.left
),
8460 make_number (menu_bar_height
))),
8461 Fcons (Qtool_bar_external
, Qnil
),
8462 Fcons (Qtool_bar_position
, tool_bar_height
? Qtop
: Qnil
),
8463 Fcons (Qtool_bar_size
,
8466 ? right
- left
- 2 * internal_border_width
8468 make_number (tool_bar_height
))),
8469 Fcons (Qinternal_border_width
,
8470 make_number (internal_border_width
)));
8473 DEFUN ("w32-frame-edges", Fw32_frame_edges
, Sw32_frame_edges
, 0, 2, 0,
8474 doc
: /* Return edge coordinates of FRAME.
8475 FRAME must be a live frame and defaults to the selected one. The return
8476 value is a list of the form (LEFT, TOP, RIGHT, BOTTOM). All values are
8477 in pixels relative to the origin - the position (0, 0) - of FRAME's
8480 If optional argument TYPE is the symbol `outer-edges', return the outer
8481 edges of FRAME. The outer edges comprise the decorations of the window
8482 manager (like the title bar or external borders) as well as any external
8483 menu or tool bar of FRAME. If optional argument TYPE is the symbol
8484 `native-edges' or nil, return the native edges of FRAME. The native
8485 edges exclude the decorations of the window manager and any external
8486 menu or tool bar of FRAME. If TYPE is the symbol `inner-edges', return
8487 the inner edges of FRAME. These edges exclude title bar, any borders,
8488 menu bar or tool bar of FRAME. */)
8489 (Lisp_Object frame
, Lisp_Object type
)
8491 struct frame
*f
= decode_live_frame (frame
);
8493 if (FRAME_INITIAL_P (f
) || !FRAME_W32_P (f
))
8496 if (EQ (type
, Qouter_edges
))
8501 /* Outer frame rectangle, including outer borders and title bar. */
8502 GetWindowRect (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
), &rectangle
);
8505 return list4 (make_number (rectangle
.left
),
8506 make_number (rectangle
.top
),
8507 make_number (rectangle
.right
),
8508 make_number (rectangle
.bottom
));
8514 int left
, top
, right
, bottom
;
8517 /* Inner frame rectangle, excluding borders and title bar. */
8518 GetClientRect (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
), &rectangle
);
8519 /* Get top-left corner of native rectangle in screen
8523 ClientToScreen (FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
), &pt
);
8528 right
= left
+ rectangle
.right
;
8529 bottom
= top
+ rectangle
.bottom
;
8531 if (EQ (type
, Qinner_edges
))
8533 int internal_border_width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
8535 return list4 (make_number (left
+ internal_border_width
),
8537 + FRAME_TOOL_BAR_HEIGHT (f
)
8538 + internal_border_width
),
8539 make_number (right
- internal_border_width
),
8540 make_number (bottom
- internal_border_width
));
8543 return list4 (make_number (left
), make_number (top
),
8544 make_number (right
), make_number (bottom
));
8548 DEFUN ("w32-mouse-absolute-pixel-position", Fw32_mouse_absolute_pixel_position
,
8549 Sw32_mouse_absolute_pixel_position
, 0, 0, 0,
8550 doc
: /* Return absolute position of mouse cursor in pixels.
8551 The position is returned as a cons cell (X . Y) of the coordinates of
8552 the mouse cursor position in pixels relative to a position (0, 0) of the
8553 selected frame's display. */)
8562 return Fcons (make_number (pt
.x
), make_number (pt
.y
));
8565 DEFUN ("w32-set-mouse-absolute-pixel-position", Fw32_set_mouse_absolute_pixel_position
,
8566 Sw32_set_mouse_absolute_pixel_position
, 2, 2, 0,
8567 doc
: /* Move mouse pointer to absolute pixel position (X, Y).
8568 The coordinates X and Y are interpreted in pixels relative to a position
8569 \(0, 0) of the selected frame's display. */)
8570 (Lisp_Object x
, Lisp_Object y
)
8575 CHECK_TYPE_RANGED_INTEGER (int, x
);
8576 CHECK_TYPE_RANGED_INTEGER (int, y
);
8579 /* When "mouse trails" are in effect, moving the mouse cursor
8580 sometimes leaves behind an annoying "ghost" of the pointer.
8581 Avoid that by momentarily switching off mouse trails. */
8582 if (os_subtype
== OS_NT
8583 && w32_major_version
+ w32_minor_version
>= 6)
8584 ret
= SystemParametersInfo (SPI_GETMOUSETRAILS
, 0, &trail_num
, 0);
8585 SetCursorPos (XINT (x
), XINT (y
));
8587 SystemParametersInfo (SPI_SETMOUSETRAILS
, trail_num
, NULL
, 0);
8593 DEFUN ("w32-battery-status", Fw32_battery_status
, Sw32_battery_status
, 0, 0, 0,
8594 doc
: /* Get power status information from Windows system.
8596 The following %-sequences are provided:
8597 %L AC line status (verbose)
8598 %B Battery status (verbose)
8599 %b Battery status, empty means high, `-' means low,
8600 `!' means critical, and `+' means charging
8601 %p Battery load percentage
8602 %s Remaining time (to charge or discharge) in seconds
8603 %m Remaining time (to charge or discharge) in minutes
8604 %h Remaining time (to charge or discharge) in hours
8605 %t Remaining time (to charge or discharge) in the form `h:min' */)
8608 Lisp_Object status
= Qnil
;
8610 SYSTEM_POWER_STATUS system_status
;
8611 if (GetSystemPowerStatus (&system_status
))
8613 Lisp_Object line_status
, battery_status
, battery_status_symbol
;
8614 Lisp_Object load_percentage
, seconds
, minutes
, hours
, remain
;
8616 long seconds_left
= (long) system_status
.BatteryLifeTime
;
8618 if (system_status
.ACLineStatus
== 0)
8619 line_status
= build_string ("off-line");
8620 else if (system_status
.ACLineStatus
== 1)
8621 line_status
= build_string ("on-line");
8623 line_status
= build_string ("N/A");
8625 if (system_status
.BatteryFlag
& 128)
8627 battery_status
= build_string ("N/A");
8628 battery_status_symbol
= empty_unibyte_string
;
8630 else if (system_status
.BatteryFlag
& 8)
8632 battery_status
= build_string ("charging");
8633 battery_status_symbol
= build_string ("+");
8634 if (system_status
.BatteryFullLifeTime
!= -1L)
8635 seconds_left
= system_status
.BatteryFullLifeTime
- seconds_left
;
8637 else if (system_status
.BatteryFlag
& 4)
8639 battery_status
= build_string ("critical");
8640 battery_status_symbol
= build_string ("!");
8642 else if (system_status
.BatteryFlag
& 2)
8644 battery_status
= build_string ("low");
8645 battery_status_symbol
= build_string ("-");
8647 else if (system_status
.BatteryFlag
& 1)
8649 battery_status
= build_string ("high");
8650 battery_status_symbol
= empty_unibyte_string
;
8654 battery_status
= build_string ("medium");
8655 battery_status_symbol
= empty_unibyte_string
;
8658 if (system_status
.BatteryLifePercent
> 100)
8659 load_percentage
= build_string ("N/A");
8663 snprintf (buffer
, 16, "%d", system_status
.BatteryLifePercent
);
8664 load_percentage
= build_string (buffer
);
8667 if (seconds_left
< 0)
8668 seconds
= minutes
= hours
= remain
= build_string ("N/A");
8674 snprintf (buffer
, 16, "%ld", seconds_left
);
8675 seconds
= build_string (buffer
);
8677 m
= seconds_left
/ 60;
8678 snprintf (buffer
, 16, "%ld", m
);
8679 minutes
= build_string (buffer
);
8681 h
= seconds_left
/ 3600.0;
8682 snprintf (buffer
, 16, "%3.1f", h
);
8683 hours
= build_string (buffer
);
8685 snprintf (buffer
, 16, "%ld:%02ld", m
/ 60, m
% 60);
8686 remain
= build_string (buffer
);
8689 status
= listn (CONSTYPE_HEAP
, 8,
8690 Fcons (make_number ('L'), line_status
),
8691 Fcons (make_number ('B'), battery_status
),
8692 Fcons (make_number ('b'), battery_status_symbol
),
8693 Fcons (make_number ('p'), load_percentage
),
8694 Fcons (make_number ('s'), seconds
),
8695 Fcons (make_number ('m'), minutes
),
8696 Fcons (make_number ('h'), hours
),
8697 Fcons (make_number ('t'), remain
));
8704 typedef BOOL (WINAPI
*GetDiskFreeSpaceExW_Proc
)
8705 (LPCWSTR
, PULARGE_INTEGER
, PULARGE_INTEGER
, PULARGE_INTEGER
);
8706 typedef BOOL (WINAPI
*GetDiskFreeSpaceExA_Proc
)
8707 (LPCSTR
, PULARGE_INTEGER
, PULARGE_INTEGER
, PULARGE_INTEGER
);
8709 DEFUN ("file-system-info", Ffile_system_info
, Sfile_system_info
, 1, 1, 0,
8710 doc
: /* Return storage information about the file system FILENAME is on.
8711 Value is a list of floats (TOTAL FREE AVAIL), where TOTAL is the total
8712 storage of the file system, FREE is the free storage, and AVAIL is the
8713 storage available to a non-superuser. All 3 numbers are in bytes.
8714 If the underlying system call fails, value is nil. */)
8715 (Lisp_Object filename
)
8717 Lisp_Object encoded
, value
;
8719 CHECK_STRING (filename
);
8720 filename
= Fexpand_file_name (filename
, Qnil
);
8721 encoded
= ENCODE_FILE (filename
);
8725 /* Determining the required information on Windows turns out, sadly,
8726 to be more involved than one would hope. The original Windows API
8727 call for this will return bogus information on some systems, but we
8728 must dynamically probe for the replacement api, since that was
8729 added rather late on. */
8731 HMODULE hKernel
= GetModuleHandle ("kernel32");
8732 GetDiskFreeSpaceExW_Proc pfn_GetDiskFreeSpaceExW
=
8733 (GetDiskFreeSpaceExW_Proc
) GetProcAddress (hKernel
, "GetDiskFreeSpaceExW");
8734 GetDiskFreeSpaceExA_Proc pfn_GetDiskFreeSpaceExA
=
8735 (GetDiskFreeSpaceExA_Proc
) GetProcAddress (hKernel
, "GetDiskFreeSpaceExA");
8736 bool have_pfn_GetDiskFreeSpaceEx
=
8737 ((w32_unicode_filenames
&& pfn_GetDiskFreeSpaceExW
)
8738 || (!w32_unicode_filenames
&& pfn_GetDiskFreeSpaceExA
));
8740 /* On Windows, we may need to specify the root directory of the
8741 volume holding FILENAME. */
8742 char rootname
[MAX_UTF8_PATH
];
8743 wchar_t rootname_w
[MAX_PATH
];
8744 char rootname_a
[MAX_PATH
];
8745 char *name
= SSDATA (encoded
);
8748 /* find the root name of the volume if given */
8749 if (isalpha (name
[0]) && name
[1] == ':')
8751 rootname
[0] = name
[0];
8752 rootname
[1] = name
[1];
8756 else if (IS_DIRECTORY_SEP (name
[0]) && IS_DIRECTORY_SEP (name
[1]))
8758 char *str
= rootname
;
8762 if (IS_DIRECTORY_SEP (*name
) && --slashes
== 0)
8772 if (w32_unicode_filenames
)
8773 filename_to_utf16 (rootname
, rootname_w
);
8775 filename_to_ansi (rootname
, rootname_a
);
8777 if (have_pfn_GetDiskFreeSpaceEx
)
8779 /* Unsigned large integers cannot be cast to double, so
8780 use signed ones instead. */
8781 LARGE_INTEGER availbytes
;
8782 LARGE_INTEGER freebytes
;
8783 LARGE_INTEGER totalbytes
;
8785 if (w32_unicode_filenames
)
8786 result
= pfn_GetDiskFreeSpaceExW (rootname_w
,
8787 (ULARGE_INTEGER
*)&availbytes
,
8788 (ULARGE_INTEGER
*)&totalbytes
,
8789 (ULARGE_INTEGER
*)&freebytes
);
8791 result
= pfn_GetDiskFreeSpaceExA (rootname_a
,
8792 (ULARGE_INTEGER
*)&availbytes
,
8793 (ULARGE_INTEGER
*)&totalbytes
,
8794 (ULARGE_INTEGER
*)&freebytes
);
8796 value
= list3 (make_float ((double) totalbytes
.QuadPart
),
8797 make_float ((double) freebytes
.QuadPart
),
8798 make_float ((double) availbytes
.QuadPart
));
8802 DWORD sectors_per_cluster
;
8803 DWORD bytes_per_sector
;
8804 DWORD free_clusters
;
8805 DWORD total_clusters
;
8807 if (w32_unicode_filenames
)
8808 result
= GetDiskFreeSpaceW (rootname_w
,
8809 §ors_per_cluster
,
8814 result
= GetDiskFreeSpaceA (rootname_a
,
8815 §ors_per_cluster
,
8820 value
= list3 (make_float ((double) total_clusters
8821 * sectors_per_cluster
* bytes_per_sector
),
8822 make_float ((double) free_clusters
8823 * sectors_per_cluster
* bytes_per_sector
),
8824 make_float ((double) free_clusters
8825 * sectors_per_cluster
* bytes_per_sector
));
8831 #endif /* WINDOWSNT */
8835 DEFUN ("default-printer-name", Fdefault_printer_name
, Sdefault_printer_name
,
8836 0, 0, 0, doc
: /* Return the name of Windows default printer device. */)
8839 static char pname_buf
[256];
8842 PRINTER_INFO_2W
*ppi2w
= NULL
;
8843 PRINTER_INFO_2A
*ppi2a
= NULL
;
8844 DWORD dwNeeded
= 0, dwReturned
= 0;
8845 char server_name
[MAX_UTF8_PATH
], share_name
[MAX_UTF8_PATH
];
8846 char port_name
[MAX_UTF8_PATH
];
8848 /* Retrieve the default string from Win.ini (the registry).
8849 * String will be in form "printername,drivername,portname".
8850 * This is the most portable way to get the default printer. */
8851 if (GetProfileString ("windows", "device", ",,", pname_buf
, sizeof (pname_buf
)) <= 0)
8853 /* printername precedes first "," character */
8854 strtok (pname_buf
, ",");
8855 /* We want to know more than the printer name */
8856 if (!OpenPrinter (pname_buf
, &hPrn
, NULL
))
8858 /* GetPrinterW is not supported by unicows.dll. */
8859 if (w32_unicode_filenames
&& os_subtype
!= OS_9X
)
8860 GetPrinterW (hPrn
, 2, NULL
, 0, &dwNeeded
);
8862 GetPrinterA (hPrn
, 2, NULL
, 0, &dwNeeded
);
8865 ClosePrinter (hPrn
);
8868 /* Call GetPrinter again with big enough memory block. */
8869 if (w32_unicode_filenames
&& os_subtype
!= OS_9X
)
8871 /* Allocate memory for the PRINTER_INFO_2 struct. */
8872 ppi2w
= xmalloc (dwNeeded
);
8873 err
= GetPrinterW (hPrn
, 2, (LPBYTE
)ppi2w
, dwNeeded
, &dwReturned
);
8874 ClosePrinter (hPrn
);
8881 if ((ppi2w
->Attributes
& PRINTER_ATTRIBUTE_SHARED
)
8882 && ppi2w
->pServerName
)
8884 filename_from_utf16 (ppi2w
->pServerName
, server_name
);
8885 filename_from_utf16 (ppi2w
->pShareName
, share_name
);
8889 server_name
[0] = '\0';
8890 filename_from_utf16 (ppi2w
->pPortName
, port_name
);
8895 ppi2a
= xmalloc (dwNeeded
);
8896 err
= GetPrinterA (hPrn
, 2, (LPBYTE
)ppi2a
, dwNeeded
, &dwReturned
);
8897 ClosePrinter (hPrn
);
8904 if ((ppi2a
->Attributes
& PRINTER_ATTRIBUTE_SHARED
)
8905 && ppi2a
->pServerName
)
8907 filename_from_ansi (ppi2a
->pServerName
, server_name
);
8908 filename_from_ansi (ppi2a
->pShareName
, share_name
);
8912 server_name
[0] = '\0';
8913 filename_from_ansi (ppi2a
->pPortName
, port_name
);
8919 /* a remote printer */
8920 if (server_name
[0] == '\\')
8921 snprintf (pname_buf
, sizeof (pname_buf
), "%s\\%s", server_name
,
8924 snprintf (pname_buf
, sizeof (pname_buf
), "\\\\%s\\%s", server_name
,
8926 pname_buf
[sizeof (pname_buf
) - 1] = '\0';
8930 /* a local printer */
8931 strncpy (pname_buf
, port_name
, sizeof (pname_buf
));
8932 pname_buf
[sizeof (pname_buf
) - 1] = '\0';
8933 /* `pPortName' can include several ports, delimited by ','.
8934 * we only use the first one. */
8935 strtok (pname_buf
, ",");
8938 return DECODE_FILE (build_unibyte_string (pname_buf
));
8940 #endif /* WINDOWSNT */
8943 /* Equivalent of strerror for W32 error codes. */
8945 w32_strerror (int error_no
)
8947 static char buf
[500];
8951 error_no
= GetLastError ();
8953 ret
= FormatMessage (FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM
|
8954 FORMAT_MESSAGE_IGNORE_INSERTS
,
8957 0, /* choose most suitable language */
8958 buf
, sizeof (buf
), NULL
);
8960 while (ret
> 0 && (buf
[ret
- 1] == '\n' ||
8961 buf
[ret
- 1] == '\r' ))
8965 sprintf (buf
, "w32 error %u", error_no
);
8970 /* For convenience when debugging. (You cannot call GetLastError
8971 directly from GDB: it will crash, because it uses the __stdcall
8972 calling convention, not the _cdecl convention assumed by GDB.) */
8973 DWORD
w32_last_error (void);
8976 w32_last_error (void)
8978 return GetLastError ();
8981 /* Cache information describing the NT system for later use. */
8983 cache_system_info (void)
8996 /* Cache the module handle of Emacs itself. */
8997 hinst
= GetModuleHandle (NULL
);
8999 /* Cache the version of the operating system. */
9000 version
.data
= GetVersion ();
9001 w32_major_version
= version
.info
.major
;
9002 w32_minor_version
= version
.info
.minor
;
9004 if (version
.info
.platform
& 0x8000)
9009 /* Cache page size, allocation unit, processor type, etc. */
9010 GetSystemInfo (&sysinfo_cache
);
9011 syspage_mask
= (DWORD_PTR
)sysinfo_cache
.dwPageSize
- 1;
9013 /* Cache os info. */
9014 osinfo_cache
.dwOSVersionInfoSize
= sizeof (OSVERSIONINFO
);
9015 GetVersionEx (&osinfo_cache
);
9017 w32_build_number
= osinfo_cache
.dwBuildNumber
;
9018 if (os_subtype
== OS_9X
)
9019 w32_build_number
&= 0xffff;
9021 w32_num_mouse_buttons
= GetSystemMetrics (SM_CMOUSEBUTTONS
);
9026 _DebPrint (const char *fmt
, ...)
9031 va_start (args
, fmt
);
9032 vsprintf (buf
, fmt
, args
);
9035 fprintf (stderr
, "%s", buf
);
9037 OutputDebugString (buf
);
9042 w32_console_toggle_lock_key (int vk_code
, Lisp_Object new_state
)
9044 int cur_state
= (GetKeyState (vk_code
) & 1);
9046 if (NILP (new_state
)
9047 || (NUMBERP (new_state
)
9048 && ((XUINT (new_state
)) & 1) != cur_state
))
9051 faked_key
= vk_code
;
9052 #endif /* WINDOWSNT */
9054 keybd_event ((BYTE
) vk_code
,
9055 (BYTE
) MapVirtualKey (vk_code
, 0),
9056 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY
| KEYEVENTF_KEYUP
, 0);
9057 keybd_event ((BYTE
) vk_code
,
9058 (BYTE
) MapVirtualKey (vk_code
, 0),
9059 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY
| 0, 0);
9060 keybd_event ((BYTE
) vk_code
,
9061 (BYTE
) MapVirtualKey (vk_code
, 0),
9062 KEYEVENTF_EXTENDEDKEY
| KEYEVENTF_KEYUP
, 0);
9063 cur_state
= !cur_state
;
9069 /* Translate console modifiers to emacs modifiers.
9070 German keyboard support (Kai Morgan Zeise 2/18/95). */
9072 w32_kbd_mods_to_emacs (DWORD mods
, WORD key
)
9076 /* If we recognize right-alt and left-ctrl as AltGr, and it has been
9077 pressed, first remove those modifiers. */
9078 if (!NILP (Vw32_recognize_altgr
)
9079 && (mods
& (RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED
| LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED
))
9080 == (RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED
| LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED
))
9081 mods
&= ~ (RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED
| LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED
);
9083 if (mods
& (RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED
| LEFT_ALT_PRESSED
))
9084 retval
= ((NILP (Vw32_alt_is_meta
)) ? alt_modifier
: meta_modifier
);
9086 if (mods
& (RIGHT_CTRL_PRESSED
| LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED
))
9088 retval
|= ctrl_modifier
;
9089 if ((mods
& (RIGHT_CTRL_PRESSED
| LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED
))
9090 == (RIGHT_CTRL_PRESSED
| LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED
))
9091 retval
|= meta_modifier
;
9094 if (mods
& LEFT_WIN_PRESSED
)
9095 retval
|= w32_key_to_modifier (VK_LWIN
);
9096 if (mods
& RIGHT_WIN_PRESSED
)
9097 retval
|= w32_key_to_modifier (VK_RWIN
);
9098 if (mods
& APPS_PRESSED
)
9099 retval
|= w32_key_to_modifier (VK_APPS
);
9100 if (mods
& SCROLLLOCK_ON
)
9101 retval
|= w32_key_to_modifier (VK_SCROLL
);
9103 /* Just in case someone wanted the original behavior, make it
9104 optional by setting w32-capslock-is-shiftlock to t. */
9105 if (NILP (Vw32_capslock_is_shiftlock
)
9106 /* Keys that should _not_ be affected by CapsLock. */
9107 && ( (key
== VK_BACK
)
9109 || (key
== VK_CLEAR
)
9110 || (key
== VK_RETURN
)
9111 || (key
== VK_ESCAPE
)
9112 || ((key
>= VK_SPACE
) && (key
<= VK_HELP
))
9113 || ((key
>= VK_NUMPAD0
) && (key
<= VK_F24
))
9114 || ((key
>= VK_NUMPAD_CLEAR
) && (key
<= VK_NUMPAD_DELETE
))
9117 /* Only consider shift state. */
9118 if ((mods
& SHIFT_PRESSED
) != 0)
9119 retval
|= shift_modifier
;
9123 /* Ignore CapsLock state if not enabled. */
9124 if (NILP (Vw32_enable_caps_lock
))
9125 mods
&= ~CAPSLOCK_ON
;
9126 if ((mods
& (SHIFT_PRESSED
| CAPSLOCK_ON
)) != 0)
9127 retval
|= shift_modifier
;
9133 /* The return code indicates key code size. cpID is the codepage to
9134 use for translation to Unicode; -1 means use the current console
9137 w32_kbd_patch_key (KEY_EVENT_RECORD
*event
, int cpId
)
9139 unsigned int key_code
= event
->wVirtualKeyCode
;
9140 unsigned int mods
= event
->dwControlKeyState
;
9142 static BYTE ansi_code
[4];
9143 static int isdead
= 0;
9147 event
->uChar
.AsciiChar
= ansi_code
[2];
9151 if (event
->uChar
.AsciiChar
!= 0)
9154 memset (keystate
, 0, sizeof (keystate
));
9155 keystate
[key_code
] = 0x80;
9156 if (mods
& SHIFT_PRESSED
)
9157 keystate
[VK_SHIFT
] = 0x80;
9158 if (mods
& CAPSLOCK_ON
)
9159 keystate
[VK_CAPITAL
] = 1;
9160 /* If we recognize right-alt and left-ctrl as AltGr, set the key
9161 states accordingly before invoking ToAscii. */
9162 if (!NILP (Vw32_recognize_altgr
)
9163 && (mods
& LEFT_CTRL_PRESSED
) && (mods
& RIGHT_ALT_PRESSED
))
9165 keystate
[VK_CONTROL
] = 0x80;
9166 keystate
[VK_LCONTROL
] = 0x80;
9167 keystate
[VK_MENU
] = 0x80;
9168 keystate
[VK_RMENU
] = 0x80;
9172 /* Because of an OS bug, ToAscii corrupts the stack when called to
9173 convert a dead key in console mode on NT4. Unfortunately, trying
9174 to check for dead keys using MapVirtualKey doesn't work either -
9175 these functions apparently use internal information about keyboard
9176 layout which doesn't get properly updated in console programs when
9177 changing layout (though apparently it gets partly updated,
9178 otherwise ToAscii wouldn't crash). */
9179 if (is_dead_key (event
->wVirtualKeyCode
))
9183 /* On NT, call ToUnicode instead and then convert to the current
9184 console input codepage. */
9185 if (os_subtype
== OS_NT
)
9189 isdead
= ToUnicode (event
->wVirtualKeyCode
, event
->wVirtualScanCode
,
9190 keystate
, buf
, 128, 0);
9193 /* When we are called from the GUI message processing code,
9194 we are passed the current keyboard codepage, a positive
9195 number, to use below. */
9197 cpId
= GetConsoleCP ();
9199 event
->uChar
.UnicodeChar
= buf
[isdead
- 1];
9200 isdead
= WideCharToMultiByte (cpId
, 0, buf
, isdead
,
9201 (LPSTR
)ansi_code
, 4, NULL
, NULL
);
9208 isdead
= ToAscii (event
->wVirtualKeyCode
, event
->wVirtualScanCode
,
9209 keystate
, (LPWORD
) ansi_code
, 0);
9214 event
->uChar
.AsciiChar
= ansi_code
[0];
9220 w32_sys_ring_bell (struct frame
*f
)
9222 if (sound_type
== 0xFFFFFFFF)
9226 else if (sound_type
== MB_EMACS_SILENT
)
9231 MessageBeep (sound_type
);
9234 DEFUN ("w32--menu-bar-in-use", Fw32__menu_bar_in_use
, Sw32__menu_bar_in_use
,
9236 doc
: /* Return non-nil when a menu-bar menu is being used.
9237 Internal use only. */)
9240 return menubar_in_use
? Qt
: Qnil
;
9243 #if defined WINDOWSNT && !defined HAVE_DBUS
9245 /***********************************************************************
9247 ***********************************************************************/
9248 /* A private struct declaration to avoid compile-time limits. */
9249 typedef struct MY_NOTIFYICONDATAW
{
9254 UINT uCallbackMessage
;
9260 _ANONYMOUS_UNION
union {
9264 WCHAR szInfoTitle
[64];
9268 } MY_NOTIFYICONDATAW
;
9270 #define MYNOTIFYICONDATAW_V1_SIZE offsetof (MY_NOTIFYICONDATAW, szTip[64])
9271 #define MYNOTIFYICONDATAW_V2_SIZE offsetof (MY_NOTIFYICONDATAW, guidItem)
9272 #define MYNOTIFYICONDATAW_V3_SIZE offsetof (MY_NOTIFYICONDATAW, hBalloonIcon)
9274 # define NIF_INFO 0x00000010
9277 # define NIIF_NONE 0x00000000
9280 # define NIIF_INFO 0x00000001
9282 #ifndef NIIF_WARNING
9283 # define NIIF_WARNING 0x00000002
9286 # define NIIF_ERROR 0x00000003
9290 #define EMACS_TRAY_NOTIFICATION_ID 42 /* arbitrary */
9291 #define EMACS_NOTIFICATION_MSG (WM_APP + 1)
9300 /* Report the version of a DLL given by its name. The return value is
9301 constructed using MAKEDLLVERULL. */
9303 get_dll_version (const char *dll_name
)
9305 ULONGLONG version
= 0;
9306 HINSTANCE hdll
= LoadLibrary (dll_name
);
9310 DLLGETVERSIONPROC pDllGetVersion
9311 = (DLLGETVERSIONPROC
) GetProcAddress (hdll
, "DllGetVersion");
9318 memset (&dvi
, 0, sizeof(dvi
));
9319 dvi
.cbSize
= sizeof(dvi
);
9320 result
= pDllGetVersion (&dvi
);
9321 if (SUCCEEDED (result
))
9322 version
= MAKEDLLVERULL (dvi
.dwMajorVersion
, dvi
.dwMinorVersion
,
9331 /* Return the number of bytes in UTF-8 encoded string STR that
9332 corresponds to at most LIM characters. If STR ends before LIM
9333 characters, return the number of bytes in STR including the
9334 terminating null byte. */
9336 utf8_mbslen_lim (const char *str
, int lim
)
9338 const char *p
= str
;
9339 int mblen
= 0, nchars
= 0;
9341 while (*p
&& nchars
< lim
)
9343 int nbytes
= CHAR_BYTES (*p
);
9350 if (!*p
&& nchars
< lim
)
9356 /* Low-level subroutine to show tray notifications. All strings are
9357 supposed to be unibyte UTF-8 encoded by the caller. */
9359 add_tray_notification (struct frame
*f
, const char *icon
, const char *tip
,
9360 enum NI_Severity severity
, unsigned timeout
,
9361 const char *title
, const char *msg
)
9363 EMACS_INT retval
= EMACS_TRAY_NOTIFICATION_ID
;
9365 if (FRAME_W32_P (f
))
9367 MY_NOTIFYICONDATAW nidw
;
9368 ULONGLONG shell_dll_version
= get_dll_version ("Shell32.dll");
9369 wchar_t tipw
[128], msgw
[256], titlew
[64];
9372 memset (&nidw
, 0, sizeof(nidw
));
9374 /* MSDN says the full struct is supported since Vista, whose
9375 Shell32.dll version is said to be 6.0.6. But DllGetVersion
9376 cannot report the 3rd field value, it reports "build number"
9377 instead, which is something else. So we use the Windows 7's
9378 version 6.1 as cutoff, and Vista loses. (Actually, the loss
9379 is not a real one, since we don't expose the hBalloonIcon
9380 member of the struct to Lisp.) */
9381 if (shell_dll_version
>= MAKEDLLVERULL (6, 1, 0, 0)) /* >= Windows 7 */
9382 nidw
.cbSize
= sizeof (nidw
);
9383 else if (shell_dll_version
>= MAKEDLLVERULL (6, 0, 0, 0)) /* XP */
9384 nidw
.cbSize
= MYNOTIFYICONDATAW_V3_SIZE
;
9385 else if (shell_dll_version
>= MAKEDLLVERULL (5, 0, 0, 0)) /* W2K */
9386 nidw
.cbSize
= MYNOTIFYICONDATAW_V2_SIZE
;
9388 nidw
.cbSize
= MYNOTIFYICONDATAW_V1_SIZE
; /* < W2K */
9389 nidw
.hWnd
= FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
);
9390 nidw
.uID
= EMACS_TRAY_NOTIFICATION_ID
;
9391 nidw
.uFlags
= NIF_MESSAGE
| NIF_ICON
| NIF_TIP
| NIF_INFO
;
9392 nidw
.uCallbackMessage
= EMACS_NOTIFICATION_MSG
;
9394 nidw
.hIcon
= LoadIcon (hinst
, EMACS_CLASS
);
9397 if (w32_unicode_filenames
)
9399 wchar_t icon_w
[MAX_PATH
];
9401 if (filename_to_utf16 (icon
, icon_w
) != 0)
9406 nidw
.hIcon
= LoadImageW (NULL
, icon_w
, IMAGE_ICON
, 0, 0,
9407 LR_DEFAULTSIZE
| LR_LOADFROMFILE
);
9411 char icon_a
[MAX_PATH
];
9413 if (filename_to_ansi (icon
, icon_a
) != 0)
9418 nidw
.hIcon
= LoadImageA (NULL
, icon_a
, IMAGE_ICON
, 0, 0,
9419 LR_DEFAULTSIZE
| LR_LOADFROMFILE
);
9424 switch (GetLastError ())
9426 case ERROR_FILE_NOT_FOUND
:
9436 /* Windows 9X and NT4 support only 64 characters in the Tip,
9437 later versions support up to 128. */
9438 if (nidw
.cbSize
== MYNOTIFYICONDATAW_V1_SIZE
)
9440 tiplen
= pMultiByteToWideChar (CP_UTF8
, multiByteToWideCharFlags
,
9441 tip
, utf8_mbslen_lim (tip
, 63),
9448 tiplen
= pMultiByteToWideChar (CP_UTF8
, multiByteToWideCharFlags
,
9449 tip
, utf8_mbslen_lim (tip
, 127),
9460 wcscpy (nidw
.szTip
, tipw
);
9462 /* The rest of the structure is only supported since Windows 2000. */
9463 if (nidw
.cbSize
> MYNOTIFYICONDATAW_V1_SIZE
)
9467 slen
= pMultiByteToWideChar (CP_UTF8
, multiByteToWideCharFlags
,
9468 msg
, utf8_mbslen_lim (msg
, 255),
9478 wcscpy (nidw
.szInfo
, msgw
);
9479 nidw
.uTimeout
= timeout
;
9480 slen
= pMultiByteToWideChar (CP_UTF8
, multiByteToWideCharFlags
,
9481 title
, utf8_mbslen_lim (title
, 63),
9491 wcscpy (nidw
.szInfoTitle
, titlew
);
9496 nidw
.dwInfoFlags
= NIIF_NONE
;
9500 nidw
.dwInfoFlags
= NIIF_INFO
;
9503 nidw
.dwInfoFlags
= NIIF_WARNING
;
9506 nidw
.dwInfoFlags
= NIIF_ERROR
;
9511 if (!Shell_NotifyIconW (NIM_ADD
, (PNOTIFYICONDATAW
)&nidw
))
9513 /* GetLastError returns meaningless results when
9514 Shell_NotifyIcon fails. */
9515 DebPrint (("Shell_NotifyIcon ADD failed (err=%d)\n",
9521 if (*icon
&& !DestroyIcon (nidw
.hIcon
))
9522 DebPrint (("DestroyIcon failed (err=%d)\n", GetLastError ()));
9527 /* Low-level subroutine to remove a tray notification. Note: we only
9528 pass the minimum data about the notification: its ID and the handle
9529 of the window to which it sends messages. MSDN doesn't say this is
9530 enough, but it works in practice. This allows us to avoid keeping
9531 the notification data around after we show the notification. */
9533 delete_tray_notification (struct frame
*f
, int id
)
9535 if (FRAME_W32_P (f
))
9537 MY_NOTIFYICONDATAW nidw
;
9539 memset (&nidw
, 0, sizeof(nidw
));
9540 nidw
.hWnd
= FRAME_W32_WINDOW (f
);
9543 if (!Shell_NotifyIconW (NIM_DELETE
, (PNOTIFYICONDATAW
)&nidw
))
9545 /* GetLastError returns meaningless results when
9546 Shell_NotifyIcon fails. */
9547 DebPrint (("Shell_NotifyIcon DELETE failed\n"));
9555 DEFUN ("w32-notification-notify",
9556 Fw32_notification_notify
, Sw32_notification_notify
,
9558 doc
: /* Display an MS-Windows tray notification as specified by PARAMS.
9560 Value is the integer unique ID of the notification that can be used
9561 to remove the notification using `w32-notification-close', which see.
9562 If the function fails, the return value is nil.
9564 Tray notifications, a.k.a. \"taskbar messages\", are messages that
9565 inform the user about events unrelated to the current user activity,
9566 such as a significant system event, by briefly displaying informative
9567 text in a balloon from an icon in the notification area of the taskbar.
9569 Parameters in PARAMS are specified as keyword/value pairs. All the
9570 parameters are optional, but if no parameters are specified, the
9571 function will do nothing and return nil.
9573 The following parameters are supported:
9575 :icon ICON -- Display ICON in the system tray. If ICON is a string,
9576 it should specify a file name from which to load the
9577 icon; the specified file should be a .ico Windows icon
9578 file. If ICON is not a string, or if this parameter
9579 is not specified, the standard Emacs icon will be used.
9581 :tip TIP -- Use TIP as the tooltip for the notification. If TIP
9582 is a string, this is the text of a tooltip that will
9583 be shown when the mouse pointer hovers over the tray
9584 icon added by the notification. If TIP is not a
9585 string, or if this parameter is not specified, the
9586 default tooltip text is \"Emacs notification\". The
9587 tooltip text can be up to 127 characters long (63
9588 on Windows versions before W2K). Longer strings
9591 :level LEVEL -- Notification severity level, one of `info',
9592 `warning', or `error'. If given, the value
9593 determines the icon displayed to the left of the
9594 notification title, but only if the `:title'
9595 parameter (see below) is also specified and is a
9598 :title TITLE -- The title of the notification. If TITLE is a string,
9599 it is displayed in a larger font immediately above
9600 the body text. The title text can be up to 63
9601 characters long; longer text will be truncated.
9603 :body BODY -- The body of the notification. If BODY is a string,
9604 it specifies the text of the notification message.
9605 Use embedded newlines to control how the text is
9606 broken into lines. The body text can be up to 255
9607 characters long, and will be truncated if it's longer.
9609 Note that versions of Windows before W2K support only `:icon' and `:tip'.
9610 You can pass the other parameters, but they will be ignored on those
9613 There can be at most one active notification at any given time. An
9614 active notification must be removed by calling `w32-notification-close'
9615 before a new one can be shown.
9617 usage: (w32-notification-notify &rest PARAMS) */)
9618 (ptrdiff_t nargs
, Lisp_Object
*args
)
9620 struct frame
*f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
9621 Lisp_Object arg_plist
, lres
;
9623 char *icon
, *tip
, *title
, *msg
;
9624 enum NI_Severity severity
;
9625 unsigned timeout
= 0;
9630 arg_plist
= Flist (nargs
, args
);
9633 lres
= Fplist_get (arg_plist
, QCicon
);
9635 icon
= SSDATA (ENCODE_FILE (Fexpand_file_name (lres
, Qnil
)));
9640 lres
= Fplist_get (arg_plist
, QCtip
);
9642 tip
= SSDATA (code_convert_string_norecord (lres
, Qutf_8
, 1));
9644 tip
= (char *)"Emacs notification";
9647 lres
= Fplist_get (arg_plist
, QClevel
);
9650 else if (EQ (lres
, Qinfo
))
9652 else if (EQ (lres
, Qwarning
))
9654 else if (EQ (lres
, Qerror
))
9660 lres
= Fplist_get (arg_plist
, QCtitle
);
9662 title
= SSDATA (code_convert_string_norecord (lres
, Qutf_8
, 1));
9666 /* Notification body text. */
9667 lres
= Fplist_get (arg_plist
, QCbody
);
9669 msg
= SSDATA (code_convert_string_norecord (lres
, Qutf_8
, 1));
9674 retval
= add_tray_notification (f
, icon
, tip
, severity
, timeout
, title
, msg
);
9675 return (retval
< 0 ? Qnil
: make_number (retval
));
9678 DEFUN ("w32-notification-close",
9679 Fw32_notification_close
, Sw32_notification_close
,
9681 doc
: /* Remove the MS-Windows tray notification specified by its ID. */)
9684 struct frame
*f
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
9687 delete_tray_notification (f
, XINT (id
));
9692 #endif /* WINDOWSNT && !HAVE_DBUS */
9695 /***********************************************************************
9697 ***********************************************************************/
9699 /* Keep this list in the same order as frame_parms in frame.c.
9700 Use 0 for unsupported frame parameters. */
9702 frame_parm_handler w32_frame_parm_handlers
[] =
9706 x_set_background_color
,
9712 x_set_foreground_color
,
9715 x_set_internal_border_width
,
9716 x_set_right_divider_width
,
9717 x_set_bottom_divider_width
,
9718 x_set_menu_bar_lines
,
9720 x_explicitly_set_name
,
9721 x_set_scroll_bar_width
,
9722 x_set_scroll_bar_height
,
9725 x_set_vertical_scroll_bars
,
9726 x_set_horizontal_scroll_bars
,
9728 x_set_tool_bar_lines
,
9729 0, /* x_set_scroll_bar_foreground, */
9730 0, /* x_set_scroll_bar_background, */
9735 0, /* x_set_wait_for_wm, */
9739 0, /* x_set_sticky */
9740 0, /* x_set_tool_bar_position */
9744 syms_of_w32fns (void)
9746 globals_of_w32fns ();
9747 track_mouse_window
= NULL
;
9749 w32_visible_system_caret_hwnd
= NULL
;
9751 DEFSYM (Qundefined_color
, "undefined-color");
9752 DEFSYM (Qcancel_timer
, "cancel-timer");
9753 DEFSYM (Qhyper
, "hyper");
9754 DEFSYM (Qsuper
, "super");
9755 DEFSYM (Qmeta
, "meta");
9756 DEFSYM (Qalt
, "alt");
9757 DEFSYM (Qctrl
, "ctrl");
9758 DEFSYM (Qcontrol
, "control");
9759 DEFSYM (Qshift
, "shift");
9760 DEFSYM (Qfont_parameter
, "font-parameter");
9761 DEFSYM (Qgeometry
, "geometry");
9762 DEFSYM (Qworkarea
, "workarea");
9763 DEFSYM (Qmm_size
, "mm-size");
9764 DEFSYM (Qframes
, "frames");
9765 DEFSYM (Qtip_frame
, "tip-frame");
9766 DEFSYM (Qassq_delete_all
, "assq-delete-all");
9767 DEFSYM (Qunicode_sip
, "unicode-sip");
9768 #if defined WINDOWSNT && !defined HAVE_DBUS
9769 DEFSYM (QCicon
, ":icon");
9770 DEFSYM (QCtip
, ":tip");
9771 DEFSYM (QClevel
, ":level");
9772 DEFSYM (Qinfo
, "info");
9773 DEFSYM (Qwarning
, "warning");
9774 DEFSYM (QCtitle
, ":title");
9775 DEFSYM (QCbody
, ":body");
9778 /* Symbols used elsewhere, but only in MS-Windows-specific code. */
9779 DEFSYM (Qgnutls
, "gnutls");
9780 DEFSYM (Qlibxml2
, "libxml2");
9781 DEFSYM (Qserif
, "serif");
9782 DEFSYM (Qzlib
, "zlib");
9784 Fput (Qundefined_color
, Qerror_conditions
,
9785 listn (CONSTYPE_PURE
, 2, Qundefined_color
, Qerror
));
9786 Fput (Qundefined_color
, Qerror_message
,
9787 build_pure_c_string ("Undefined color"));
9789 staticpro (&w32_grabbed_keys
);
9790 w32_grabbed_keys
= Qnil
;
9792 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-color-map", Vw32_color_map
,
9793 doc
: /* An array of color name mappings for Windows. */);
9794 Vw32_color_map
= Qnil
;
9796 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-pass-alt-to-system", Vw32_pass_alt_to_system
,
9797 doc
: /* Non-nil if Alt key presses are passed on to Windows.
9798 When non-nil, for example, Alt pressed and released and then space will
9799 open the System menu. When nil, Emacs processes the Alt key events, and
9800 then silently swallows them. */);
9801 Vw32_pass_alt_to_system
= Qnil
;
9803 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-alt-is-meta", Vw32_alt_is_meta
,
9804 doc
: /* Non-nil if the Alt key is to be considered the same as the META key.
9805 When nil, Emacs will translate the Alt key to the ALT modifier, not to META. */);
9806 Vw32_alt_is_meta
= Qt
;
9808 DEFVAR_INT ("w32-quit-key", w32_quit_key
,
9809 doc
: /* If non-zero, the virtual key code for an alternative quit key. */);
9812 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-pass-lwindow-to-system",
9813 Vw32_pass_lwindow_to_system
,
9814 doc
: /* If non-nil, the left \"Windows\" key is passed on to Windows.
9816 When non-nil, the Start menu is opened by tapping the key.
9817 If you set this to nil, the left \"Windows\" key is processed by Emacs
9818 according to the value of `w32-lwindow-modifier', which see.
9820 Note that some combinations of the left \"Windows\" key with other
9821 keys are caught by Windows at low level. For example, <lwindow>-r
9822 pops up the Windows Run dialog, <lwindow>-<Pause> pops up the "System
9823 Properties" dialog, etc. On Windows 10, no \"Windows\" key
9824 combinations are normally handed to applications. To enable Emacs to
9825 process \"Windows\" key combinations, use the function
9826 `w32-register-hot-key`.
9828 For Windows 98/ME, see the doc string of `w32-phantom-key-code'. */);
9829 Vw32_pass_lwindow_to_system
= Qt
;
9831 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-pass-rwindow-to-system",
9832 Vw32_pass_rwindow_to_system
,
9833 doc
: /* If non-nil, the right \"Windows\" key is passed on to Windows.
9835 When non-nil, the Start menu is opened by tapping the key.
9836 If you set this to nil, the right \"Windows\" key is processed by Emacs
9837 according to the value of `w32-rwindow-modifier', which see.
9839 Note that some combinations of the right \"Windows\" key with other
9840 keys are caught by Windows at low level. For example, <rwindow>-r
9841 pops up the Windows Run dialog, <rwindow>-<Pause> pops up the "System
9842 Properties" dialog, etc. On Windows 10, no \"Windows\" key
9843 combinations are normally handed to applications. To enable Emacs to
9844 process \"Windows\" key combinations, use the function
9845 `w32-register-hot-key`.
9847 For Windows 98/ME, see the doc string of `w32-phantom-key-code'. */);
9848 Vw32_pass_rwindow_to_system
= Qt
;
9850 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-phantom-key-code",
9851 Vw32_phantom_key_code
,
9852 doc
: /* Virtual key code used to generate \"phantom\" key presses.
9853 Value is a number between 0 and 255.
9855 Phantom key presses are generated in order to stop the system from
9856 acting on \"Windows\" key events when `w32-pass-lwindow-to-system' or
9857 `w32-pass-rwindow-to-system' is nil.
9859 This variable is only used on Windows 98 and ME. For other Windows
9860 versions, see the documentation of the `w32-register-hot-key`
9862 /* Although 255 is technically not a valid key code, it works and
9863 means that this hack won't interfere with any real key code. */
9864 XSETINT (Vw32_phantom_key_code
, 255);
9866 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-enable-num-lock",
9867 Vw32_enable_num_lock
,
9868 doc
: /* If non-nil, the Num Lock key acts normally.
9869 Set to nil to handle Num Lock as the `kp-numlock' key. */);
9870 Vw32_enable_num_lock
= Qt
;
9872 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-enable-caps-lock",
9873 Vw32_enable_caps_lock
,
9874 doc
: /* If non-nil, the Caps Lock key acts normally.
9875 Set to nil to handle Caps Lock as the `capslock' key. */);
9876 Vw32_enable_caps_lock
= Qt
;
9878 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-scroll-lock-modifier",
9879 Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier
,
9880 doc
: /* Modifier to use for the Scroll Lock ON state.
9881 The value can be hyper, super, meta, alt, control or shift for the
9882 respective modifier, or nil to handle Scroll Lock as the `scroll' key.
9883 Any other value will cause the Scroll Lock key to be ignored. */);
9884 Vw32_scroll_lock_modifier
= Qnil
;
9886 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-lwindow-modifier",
9887 Vw32_lwindow_modifier
,
9888 doc
: /* Modifier to use for the left \"Windows\" key.
9889 The value can be hyper, super, meta, alt, control or shift for the
9890 respective modifier, or nil to appear as the `lwindow' key.
9891 Any other value will cause the key to be ignored.
9893 Also see the documentation of the `w32-register-hot-key` function. */);
9894 Vw32_lwindow_modifier
= Qnil
;
9896 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-rwindow-modifier",
9897 Vw32_rwindow_modifier
,
9898 doc
: /* Modifier to use for the right \"Windows\" key.
9899 The value can be hyper, super, meta, alt, control or shift for the
9900 respective modifier, or nil to appear as the `rwindow' key.
9901 Any other value will cause the key to be ignored.
9903 Also see the documentation of the `w32-register-hot-key` function. */);
9904 Vw32_rwindow_modifier
= Qnil
;
9906 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-apps-modifier",
9908 doc
: /* Modifier to use for the \"Apps\" key.
9909 The value can be hyper, super, meta, alt, control or shift for the
9910 respective modifier, or nil to appear as the `apps' key.
9911 Any other value will cause the key to be ignored. */);
9912 Vw32_apps_modifier
= Qnil
;
9914 DEFVAR_BOOL ("w32-enable-synthesized-fonts", w32_enable_synthesized_fonts
,
9915 doc
: /* Non-nil enables selection of artificially italicized and bold fonts. */);
9916 w32_enable_synthesized_fonts
= 0;
9918 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-enable-palette", Vw32_enable_palette
,
9919 doc
: /* Non-nil enables Windows palette management to map colors exactly. */);
9920 Vw32_enable_palette
= Qt
;
9922 DEFVAR_INT ("w32-mouse-button-tolerance",
9923 w32_mouse_button_tolerance
,
9924 doc
: /* Analogue of double click interval for faking middle mouse events.
9925 The value is the minimum time in milliseconds that must elapse between
9926 left and right button down events before they are considered distinct events.
9927 If both mouse buttons are depressed within this interval, a middle mouse
9928 button down event is generated instead. */);
9929 w32_mouse_button_tolerance
= GetDoubleClickTime () / 2;
9931 DEFVAR_INT ("w32-mouse-move-interval",
9932 w32_mouse_move_interval
,
9933 doc
: /* Minimum interval between mouse move events.
9934 The value is the minimum time in milliseconds that must elapse between
9935 successive mouse move (or scroll bar drag) events before they are
9936 reported as lisp events. */);
9937 w32_mouse_move_interval
= 0;
9939 DEFVAR_BOOL ("w32-pass-extra-mouse-buttons-to-system",
9940 w32_pass_extra_mouse_buttons_to_system
,
9941 doc
: /* If non-nil, the fourth and fifth mouse buttons are passed to Windows.
9942 Recent versions of Windows support mice with up to five buttons.
9943 Since most applications don't support these extra buttons, most mouse
9944 drivers will allow you to map them to functions at the system level.
9945 If this variable is non-nil, Emacs will pass them on, allowing the
9946 system to handle them. */);
9947 w32_pass_extra_mouse_buttons_to_system
= 0;
9949 DEFVAR_BOOL ("w32-pass-multimedia-buttons-to-system",
9950 w32_pass_multimedia_buttons_to_system
,
9951 doc
: /* If non-nil, media buttons are passed to Windows.
9952 Some modern keyboards contain buttons for controlling media players, web
9953 browsers and other applications. Generally these buttons are handled on a
9954 system wide basis, but by setting this to nil they are made available
9955 to Emacs for binding. Depending on your keyboard, additional keys that
9956 may be available are:
9958 browser-back, browser-forward, browser-refresh, browser-stop,
9959 browser-search, browser-favorites, browser-home,
9960 mail, mail-reply, mail-forward, mail-send,
9962 help, find, new, open, close, save, print, undo, redo, copy, cut, paste,
9963 spell-check, correction-list, toggle-dictate-command,
9964 media-next, media-previous, media-stop, media-play-pause, media-select,
9965 media-play, media-pause, media-record, media-fast-forward, media-rewind,
9966 media-channel-up, media-channel-down,
9967 volume-mute, volume-up, volume-down,
9968 mic-volume-mute, mic-volume-down, mic-volume-up, mic-toggle,
9969 bass-down, bass-boost, bass-up, treble-down, treble-up */);
9970 w32_pass_multimedia_buttons_to_system
= 1;
9972 #if 0 /* TODO: Mouse cursor customization. */
9973 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-pointer-shape", Vx_pointer_shape
,
9974 doc
: /* The shape of the pointer when over text.
9975 Changing the value does not affect existing frames
9976 unless you set the mouse color. */);
9977 Vx_pointer_shape
= Qnil
;
9979 Vx_nontext_pointer_shape
= Qnil
;
9981 Vx_mode_pointer_shape
= Qnil
;
9983 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hourglass-pointer-shape", Vx_hourglass_pointer_shape
,
9984 doc
: /* The shape of the pointer when Emacs is busy.
9985 This variable takes effect when you create a new frame
9986 or when you set the mouse color. */);
9987 Vx_hourglass_pointer_shape
= Qnil
;
9989 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-sensitive-text-pointer-shape",
9990 Vx_sensitive_text_pointer_shape
,
9991 doc
: /* The shape of the pointer when over mouse-sensitive text.
9992 This variable takes effect when you create a new frame
9993 or when you set the mouse color. */);
9994 Vx_sensitive_text_pointer_shape
= Qnil
;
9996 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-window-horizontal-drag-cursor",
9997 Vx_window_horizontal_drag_shape
,
9998 doc
: /* Pointer shape to use for indicating a window can be dragged horizontally.
9999 This variable takes effect when you create a new frame
10000 or when you set the mouse color. */);
10001 Vx_window_horizontal_drag_shape
= Qnil
;
10003 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-window-vertical-drag-cursor",
10004 Vx_window_vertical_drag_shape
,
10005 doc
: /* Pointer shape to use for indicating a window can be dragged vertically.
10006 This variable takes effect when you create a new frame
10007 or when you set the mouse color. */);
10008 Vx_window_vertical_drag_shape
= Qnil
;
10011 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-cursor-fore-pixel", Vx_cursor_fore_pixel
,
10012 doc
: /* A string indicating the foreground color of the cursor box. */);
10013 Vx_cursor_fore_pixel
= Qnil
;
10015 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-max-tooltip-size", Vx_max_tooltip_size
,
10016 doc
: /* Maximum size for tooltips.
10017 Value is a pair (COLUMNS . ROWS). Text larger than this is clipped. */);
10018 Vx_max_tooltip_size
= Fcons (make_number (80), make_number (40));
10020 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-no-window-manager", Vx_no_window_manager
,
10021 doc
: /* Non-nil if no window manager is in use.
10022 Emacs doesn't try to figure this out; this is always nil
10023 unless you set it to something else. */);
10024 /* We don't have any way to find this out, so set it to nil
10025 and maybe the user would like to set it to t. */
10026 Vx_no_window_manager
= Qnil
;
10028 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-pixel-size-width-font-regexp",
10029 Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp
,
10030 doc
: /* Regexp matching a font name whose width is the same as `PIXEL_SIZE'.
10032 Since Emacs gets width of a font matching with this regexp from
10033 PIXEL_SIZE field of the name, font finding mechanism gets faster for
10034 such a font. This is especially effective for such large fonts as
10035 Chinese, Japanese, and Korean. */);
10036 Vx_pixel_size_width_font_regexp
= Qnil
;
10038 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-bdf-filename-alist",
10039 Vw32_bdf_filename_alist
,
10040 doc
: /* List of bdf fonts and their corresponding filenames. */);
10041 Vw32_bdf_filename_alist
= Qnil
;
10043 DEFVAR_BOOL ("w32-strict-fontnames",
10044 w32_strict_fontnames
,
10045 doc
: /* Non-nil means only use fonts that are exact matches for those requested.
10046 Default is nil, which allows old fontnames that are not XLFD compliant,
10047 and allows third-party CJK display to work by specifying false charset
10048 fields to trick Emacs into translating to Big5, SJIS etc.
10049 Setting this to t will prevent wrong fonts being selected when
10050 fontsets are automatically created. */);
10051 w32_strict_fontnames
= 0;
10053 DEFVAR_BOOL ("w32-strict-painting",
10054 w32_strict_painting
,
10055 doc
: /* Non-nil means use strict rules for repainting frames.
10056 Set this to nil to get the old behavior for repainting; this should
10057 only be necessary if the default setting causes problems. */);
10058 w32_strict_painting
= 1;
10060 DEFVAR_BOOL ("w32-use-fallback-wm-chars-method",
10061 w32_use_fallback_wm_chars_method
,
10062 doc
: /* Non-nil means use old method of processing character keys.
10063 This is intended only for debugging of the new processing method.
10066 This variable has effect only on NT family of systems, not on Windows 9X. */);
10067 w32_use_fallback_wm_chars_method
= 0;
10069 DEFVAR_BOOL ("w32-disable-new-uniscribe-apis",
10070 w32_disable_new_uniscribe_apis
,
10071 doc
: /* Non-nil means don't use new Uniscribe APIs.
10072 The new APIs are used to access OTF features supported by fonts.
10073 This is intended only for debugging of the new Uniscribe-related code.
10076 This variable has effect only on Windows Vista and later. */);
10077 w32_disable_new_uniscribe_apis
= 0;
10079 DEFVAR_LISP ("w32-tooltip-extra-pixels",
10080 Vw32_tooltip_extra_pixels
,
10081 doc
: /* Number of pixels added after tooltip text.
10082 On Windows some fonts may cause the last character of a tooltip be
10083 truncated or wrapped around to the next line. Adding some extra space
10084 at the end of the toooltip works around this problem.
10086 This variable specifies the number of pixels that shall be added. The
10087 default value t means to add the width of one canonical character of the
10089 Vw32_tooltip_extra_pixels
= Qt
;
10091 #if 0 /* TODO: Port to W32 */
10092 defsubr (&Sx_change_window_property
);
10093 defsubr (&Sx_delete_window_property
);
10094 defsubr (&Sx_window_property
);
10096 defsubr (&Sxw_display_color_p
);
10097 defsubr (&Sx_display_grayscale_p
);
10098 defsubr (&Sxw_color_defined_p
);
10099 defsubr (&Sxw_color_values
);
10100 defsubr (&Sx_server_max_request_size
);
10101 defsubr (&Sx_server_vendor
);
10102 defsubr (&Sx_server_version
);
10103 defsubr (&Sx_display_pixel_width
);
10104 defsubr (&Sx_display_pixel_height
);
10105 defsubr (&Sx_display_mm_width
);
10106 defsubr (&Sx_display_mm_height
);
10107 defsubr (&Sx_display_screens
);
10108 defsubr (&Sx_display_planes
);
10109 defsubr (&Sx_display_color_cells
);
10110 defsubr (&Sx_display_visual_class
);
10111 defsubr (&Sx_display_backing_store
);
10112 defsubr (&Sx_display_save_under
);
10113 defsubr (&Sx_create_frame
);
10114 defsubr (&Sx_open_connection
);
10115 defsubr (&Sx_close_connection
);
10116 defsubr (&Sx_display_list
);
10117 defsubr (&Sw32_frame_geometry
);
10118 defsubr (&Sw32_frame_edges
);
10119 defsubr (&Sw32_mouse_absolute_pixel_position
);
10120 defsubr (&Sw32_set_mouse_absolute_pixel_position
);
10121 defsubr (&Sx_synchronize
);
10123 /* W32 specific functions */
10125 defsubr (&Sw32_define_rgb_color
);
10126 defsubr (&Sw32_default_color_map
);
10127 defsubr (&Sw32_display_monitor_attributes_list
);
10128 defsubr (&Sw32_send_sys_command
);
10129 defsubr (&Sw32_shell_execute
);
10130 defsubr (&Sw32_register_hot_key
);
10131 defsubr (&Sw32_unregister_hot_key
);
10132 defsubr (&Sw32_registered_hot_keys
);
10133 defsubr (&Sw32_reconstruct_hot_key
);
10134 defsubr (&Sw32_toggle_lock_key
);
10135 defsubr (&Sw32_window_exists_p
);
10136 defsubr (&Sw32_battery_status
);
10137 defsubr (&Sw32__menu_bar_in_use
);
10138 #if defined WINDOWSNT && !defined HAVE_DBUS
10139 defsubr (&Sw32_notification_notify
);
10140 defsubr (&Sw32_notification_close
);
10144 defsubr (&Sfile_system_info
);
10145 defsubr (&Sdefault_printer_name
);
10148 defsubr (&Sset_message_beep
);
10149 defsubr (&Sx_show_tip
);
10150 defsubr (&Sx_hide_tip
);
10152 staticpro (&tip_timer
);
10154 staticpro (&tip_frame
);
10156 last_show_tip_args
= Qnil
;
10157 staticpro (&last_show_tip_args
);
10159 defsubr (&Sx_file_dialog
);
10161 defsubr (&Ssystem_move_file_to_trash
);
10167 /* Crashing and reporting backtrace. */
10170 static LONG CALLBACK
my_exception_handler (EXCEPTION_POINTERS
*);
10171 static LPTOP_LEVEL_EXCEPTION_FILTER prev_exception_handler
;
10173 static DWORD except_code
;
10174 static PVOID except_addr
;
10178 /* Stack overflow recovery. */
10180 /* MinGW headers don't declare this (should be in malloc.h). Also,
10181 the function is not present pre-W2K, so make the call through
10182 a function pointer. */
10183 typedef int (__cdecl
*_resetstkoflw_proc
) (void);
10184 static _resetstkoflw_proc resetstkoflw
;
10186 /* Re-establish the guard page at stack limit. This is needed because
10187 when a stack overflow is detected, Windows removes the guard bit
10188 from the guard page, so if we don't re-establish that protection,
10189 the next stack overflow will cause a crash. */
10191 w32_reset_stack_overflow_guard (void)
10193 if (resetstkoflw
== NULL
)
10195 (_resetstkoflw_proc
)GetProcAddress (GetModuleHandle ("msvcrt.dll"),
10197 /* We ignore the return value. If _resetstkoflw fails, the next
10198 stack overflow will crash the program. */
10199 if (resetstkoflw
!= NULL
)
10200 (void)resetstkoflw ();
10204 stack_overflow_handler (void)
10206 /* Hard GC error may lead to stack overflow caused by
10207 too nested calls to mark_object. No way to survive. */
10208 if (gc_in_progress
)
10209 terminate_due_to_signal (SIGSEGV
, 40);
10211 /* See ms-w32.h: MinGW64's longjmp crashes if invoked in this context. */
10212 __builtin_longjmp (return_to_command_loop
, 1);
10214 sys_longjmp (return_to_command_loop
, 1);
10218 /* This handler records the exception code and the address where it
10219 was triggered so that this info could be included in the backtrace.
10220 Without that, the backtrace in some cases has no information
10221 whatsoever about the offending code, and looks as if the top-level
10222 exception handler in the MinGW startup code was the one that
10223 crashed. We also recover from stack overflow, by calling our stack
10224 overflow handler that jumps back to top level. */
10225 static LONG CALLBACK
10226 my_exception_handler (EXCEPTION_POINTERS
* exception_data
)
10228 except_code
= exception_data
->ExceptionRecord
->ExceptionCode
;
10229 except_addr
= exception_data
->ExceptionRecord
->ExceptionAddress
;
10231 /* If this is a stack overflow exception, attempt to recover. */
10232 if (exception_data
->ExceptionRecord
->ExceptionCode
== EXCEPTION_STACK_OVERFLOW
10233 && exception_data
->ExceptionRecord
->NumberParameters
== 2
10234 /* We can only longjmp to top level from the main thread. */
10235 && GetCurrentThreadId () == dwMainThreadId
)
10237 /* Call stack_overflow_handler (). */
10239 exception_data
->ContextRecord
->Rip
= (DWORD_PTR
) &stack_overflow_handler
;
10241 exception_data
->ContextRecord
->Eip
= (DWORD_PTR
) &stack_overflow_handler
;
10243 /* Zero this out, so the stale address of the stack overflow
10244 exception we handled is not displayed in some future
10245 unrelated crash. */
10247 return EXCEPTION_CONTINUE_EXECUTION
;
10250 if (prev_exception_handler
)
10251 return prev_exception_handler (exception_data
);
10252 return EXCEPTION_EXECUTE_HANDLER
;
10256 typedef USHORT (WINAPI
* CaptureStackBackTrace_proc
) (ULONG
, ULONG
, PVOID
*,
10259 #define BACKTRACE_LIMIT_MAX 62
10262 w32_backtrace (void **buffer
, int limit
)
10264 static CaptureStackBackTrace_proc s_pfn_CaptureStackBackTrace
= NULL
;
10265 HMODULE hm_kernel32
= NULL
;
10267 if (!s_pfn_CaptureStackBackTrace
)
10269 hm_kernel32
= LoadLibrary ("Kernel32.dll");
10270 s_pfn_CaptureStackBackTrace
=
10271 (CaptureStackBackTrace_proc
) GetProcAddress (hm_kernel32
,
10272 "RtlCaptureStackBackTrace");
10274 if (s_pfn_CaptureStackBackTrace
)
10275 return s_pfn_CaptureStackBackTrace (0, min (BACKTRACE_LIMIT_MAX
, limit
),
10284 button
= MessageBox (NULL
,
10285 "A fatal error has occurred!\n\n"
10286 "Would you like to attach a debugger?\n\n"
10288 "YES -- to debug Emacs, or\n"
10289 "NO -- to abort Emacs and produce a backtrace\n"
10290 " (emacs_backtrace.txt in current directory)."
10292 "\n\n(type \"gdb -p <emacs-PID>\" and\n"
10293 "\"continue\" inside GDB before clicking YES.)"
10295 , "Emacs Abort Dialog",
10296 MB_ICONEXCLAMATION
| MB_TASKMODAL
10297 | MB_SETFOREGROUND
| MB_YESNO
);
10302 exit (2); /* tell the compiler we will never return */
10306 void *stack
[BACKTRACE_LIMIT_MAX
+ 1];
10307 int i
= w32_backtrace (stack
, BACKTRACE_LIMIT_MAX
+ 1);
10311 int errfile_fd
= -1;
10313 char buf
[sizeof ("\r\nException at this address:\r\n\r\n")
10314 /* The type below should really be 'void *', but
10315 INT_BUFSIZE_BOUND cannot handle that without
10316 triggering compiler warnings (under certain
10317 pedantic warning switches), it wants an
10319 + 2 * INT_BUFSIZE_BOUND (intptr_t)];
10323 HANDLE errout
= GetStdHandle (STD_ERROR_HANDLE
);
10324 int stderr_fd
= -1;
10326 if (errout
&& errout
!= INVALID_HANDLE_VALUE
)
10327 stderr_fd
= _open_osfhandle ((intptr_t)errout
, O_APPEND
| O_BINARY
);
10330 /* We use %p, not 0x%p, as %p produces a leading "0x" on XP,
10331 but not on Windows 7. addr2line doesn't mind a missing
10332 "0x", but will be confused by an extra one. */
10334 sprintf (buf
, "\r\nException 0x%lx at this address:\r\n%p\r\n",
10335 except_code
, except_addr
);
10336 if (stderr_fd
>= 0)
10339 write (stderr_fd
, buf
, strlen (buf
));
10340 write (stderr_fd
, "\r\nBacktrace:\r\n", 14);
10345 errfile_fd
= _open ("emacs_backtrace.txt", O_RDWR
| O_CREAT
| O_BINARY
, S_IREAD
| S_IWRITE
);
10346 if (errfile_fd
>= 0)
10348 lseek (errfile_fd
, 0L, SEEK_END
);
10350 write (errfile_fd
, buf
, strlen (buf
));
10351 write (errfile_fd
, "\r\nBacktrace:\r\n", 14);
10354 for (j
= 0; j
< i
; j
++)
10356 /* stack[] gives the return addresses, whereas we want
10357 the address of the call, so decrease each address
10358 by approximate size of 1 CALL instruction. */
10359 sprintf (buf
, "%p\r\n", (char *)stack
[j
] - sizeof(void *));
10360 if (stderr_fd
>= 0)
10361 write (stderr_fd
, buf
, strlen (buf
));
10362 if (errfile_fd
>= 0)
10363 write (errfile_fd
, buf
, strlen (buf
));
10365 if (i
== BACKTRACE_LIMIT_MAX
)
10367 if (stderr_fd
>= 0)
10368 write (stderr_fd
, "...\r\n", 5);
10369 if (errfile_fd
>= 0)
10370 write (errfile_fd
, "...\r\n", 5);
10372 if (errfile_fd
>= 0)
10373 close (errfile_fd
);
10383 /* Initialization. */
10386 globals_of_w32fns is used to initialize those global variables that
10387 must always be initialized on startup even when the global variable
10388 initialized is non zero (see the function main in emacs.c).
10389 globals_of_w32fns is called from syms_of_w32fns when the global
10390 variable initialized is 0 and directly from main when initialized
10394 globals_of_w32fns (void)
10396 HMODULE user32_lib
= GetModuleHandle ("user32.dll");
10398 TrackMouseEvent not available in all versions of Windows, so must load
10399 it dynamically. Do it once, here, instead of every time it is used.
10401 track_mouse_event_fn
= (TrackMouseEvent_Proc
)
10402 GetProcAddress (user32_lib
, "TrackMouseEvent");
10404 monitor_from_point_fn
= (MonitorFromPoint_Proc
)
10405 GetProcAddress (user32_lib
, "MonitorFromPoint");
10406 get_monitor_info_fn
= (GetMonitorInfo_Proc
)
10407 GetProcAddress (user32_lib
, "GetMonitorInfoA");
10408 monitor_from_window_fn
= (MonitorFromWindow_Proc
)
10409 GetProcAddress (user32_lib
, "MonitorFromWindow");
10410 enum_display_monitors_fn
= (EnumDisplayMonitors_Proc
)
10411 GetProcAddress (user32_lib
, "EnumDisplayMonitors");
10412 get_title_bar_info_fn
= (GetTitleBarInfo_Proc
)
10413 GetProcAddress (user32_lib
, "GetTitleBarInfo");
10416 HMODULE imm32_lib
= GetModuleHandle ("imm32.dll");
10417 get_composition_string_fn
= (ImmGetCompositionString_Proc
)
10418 GetProcAddress (imm32_lib
, "ImmGetCompositionStringW");
10419 get_ime_context_fn
= (ImmGetContext_Proc
)
10420 GetProcAddress (imm32_lib
, "ImmGetContext");
10421 release_ime_context_fn
= (ImmReleaseContext_Proc
)
10422 GetProcAddress (imm32_lib
, "ImmReleaseContext");
10423 set_ime_composition_window_fn
= (ImmSetCompositionWindow_Proc
)
10424 GetProcAddress (imm32_lib
, "ImmSetCompositionWindow");
10430 prev_exception_handler
= SetUnhandledExceptionFilter (my_exception_handler
);
10431 resetstkoflw
= NULL
;
10434 DEFVAR_INT ("w32-ansi-code-page",
10435 w32_ansi_code_page
,
10436 doc
: /* The ANSI code page used by the system. */);
10437 w32_ansi_code_page
= GetACP ();
10439 if (os_subtype
== OS_NT
)
10440 w32_unicode_gui
= 1;
10442 w32_unicode_gui
= 0;
10444 after_deadkey
= -1;
10446 /* MessageBox does not work without this when linked to comctl32.dll 6.0. */
10447 InitCommonControls ();
10449 syms_of_w32uniscribe ();
10452 #ifdef NTGUI_UNICODE
10455 ntgui_encode_system (Lisp_Object str
)
10457 Lisp_Object encoded
;
10458 to_unicode (str
, &encoded
);
10462 #endif /* NTGUI_UNICODE */